Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1979-1980"

See other formats


1979-80 
CATALOG 

ANNOUNCEMENTS 


MILLSAPS  V\MLSON  LIBRARY 
MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 
JArM-SON   MISS    39210 


130835 


CALENDAR  FOR  1979-80 


August  23 
August  24 
August  26,  Sunday 
August  27-28 
August  27 
August  28 
August  29 
August  30 
September  14 
October  12 

October  12 

October  13 

October  17 

October  27 

October  25 

October  29 -November  2 

November  17 

November  21 

November  26 

November  26 

December  6 

December  11 

December  12,  13,  16 

December  14,  15,  17,  18,  19 

December  20 

December  20 

December  20-26 

December  27 

December  29- January  4 


First  Semester  1979-80 

Orientation  for  New  Faculty 
Faculty  Workshop 
Residence  Halls  Open,  10  a.m. 
Orientation  for  New  Students 
Night  Classes  Begin  on  Regular  Schedule 
Registration  for  Class  Changes 
Day  Classes  Meet  on  Regular  Schedule 
'Fall  Convocation,  11  a.m.  (attendance  expected) 
Last  Day  for  Schedule  Changes  Without  Grade 
Last  Day  for  Dropping  Courses  with  Grades  of 
WP  or  WF 

End  of  First  Half  of  Semester 
Mid-Semester  Holidays  Begin,  8  a.m. 
Mid-Semester  Holidays  End,  8  a.m. 
Homecoming  Weekend 
Tap  Day,  11  a.m.  (tentative) 

Symposium— Classes  Dismissed  Wednesday,  Oct.  31 
Undergraduate  Assessment  Program 
Thanksgiving  Holidays  Begin,  1  p.m. 
Thanksgiving  Holidays  End,  8  a.m. 
Advanced  Registration  for  Spring  Semester  Begins 
Advanced  Registration  for  Spring  Semester  Closed 
Last  Regular  Meeting  of  Classes 
Reading  Days 
Final  Examination  Days 
Dining  Hall  Closes  with  Breakfast 
Residence  Halls  Close  at  10  a.m. 
College  Offices  Closed 

Semester  Grades  Due  in  the  Registrar's  Office 
College  Offices  Closed 


January  13 
January  14 
January  14 
January  15 
January  30 
February  23 
February  29 

February  29 

March  1 

March  10 

March  29 

April  14 

April  15,  16,  17,  18 

April  28 

April  26,  27,  29,  30,  May  3,  4 

April  29 

May  1,  2,  5,  6,  7 
May  9 
May  11 
May  11 


Second  Semester  1979-80 

Residence  Halls  Open  10  a.m. 
Registration  for  Class  Changes 
Night  Classes  Begin  on  Regular  Schedule 
Day  Classes  Meet  on  Regular  Schedule 
Last  Day  for  Schedule  Changes  Without  Grade 
Founder's  Day 

Last  Day  for  Dropping  Course  with  Grades  of 
WP  or  WF 

End  of  First  Half  of  Semester 
Spring  Holidays  Begin,  8  a.m. 
Spring  Holidays  End,  8  a.m. 
Undergraduate  Assessment  Program 
Advanced  Registration  for  Fall  Semester  1980  Begins 
Comprehensive  Examinations 
Last  Regular  Meeting  of  Classes 
Reading  Days 

Final  Grades  for  Graduating  Seniors  are  Due  in 
Registrar's  Office 
Final  Examination  Days 
Semester  Grades  Due  in  the  Registrar's  Office 
'Commencement  Day 
Residence  Halls  Close  at  8:00  p.m. 


'Formal  Academic  Occasion 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Academic  Calendar -.• 2 

PART  I        Information  for  Prospective  Students 5 

A.  History  of  the  College 6 

B.  General  Information 6 

C.  Millsaps-Wilson  Library 6 

D.  Buildings  and  Grounds 7 

E.  Admissions  Requirements 7 

F.  Applying  for  Admission 9 

G.  Counseling  Program 10 

H.    Student    Housing 10 

I.      Medical  Services 11 

J.     Placement  Services 11 

K.    Student  Records 11 

PART  II       Financial  Information 13 

A.  Tuition  and  Fees 13 

B.  Special  Fees 15 

C.  Financial  Regulations 16 

D.  Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid 16 

PART  III     Student  Life 23 

A.  Religious  Life 24 

B.  Public  Events  Committee 24 

C.  Athletics 25 

D.  Publications 25 

E.  Music  and  Drama 25 

F.  Student   Organizations 26 

G.  Medals  and  Prizes 29 

PART  IV     Curriculum 33 

A.  Requirements  for  Degrees 34 

B.  Educational  Certification  Programs 40 

C.  Cooperative  Programs 44 

D.  Special  Programs 45 

PART  V      Administration  of  the  Curriculum 49 

A.  Grades,  Honors,  Class  Standing 50 

B.  Administrative  Regulations 52 

PART  VI     Departments  of  Instruction 55 

PART  VII    Register 97 

A.  Board  of  Trustees 98 

B.  Administration 100 

C.  Faculty 101 

D.  Staff  Personnel 106 

E.  Alumni  Association 108 

F.  Enrollment  Statistics 108 

G.  Medals  and  Prizes  Awarded 109 

H.    Degrees  Confenred,  1978 110 

Index 112 


THE  PURPOSE  OF  MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and  women 
for  responsible  leadership  and  well-rounded  lives  of  useful  service  to  their  fellow 
men,  their  country,  and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as  a  community  of  learners 
where  faculty  and  students  together  seek  the  truth  that  frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Millsaps  College  is  dedicated  to  the 
idea  that  religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
Christian  religion;  and  that  church-related  colleges,  providing  a  sound  academic 
program  in  a  Christian  environment,  afford  a  kind  of  discipline  and  influence  which 
no  other  type  of  institution  can  offer.  The  College  provides  a  congenial  atmosphere 
where  persons  of  all  faiths  may  study  and  work  together  for  the  development  of 
their  physical,  intellectual,  and  spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate  breadth 
and  depth  of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order  to  broaden  his 
perspective,  to  enrich  his  personality,  and  to  enable  him  to  think  and  act  intelligent- 
ly amid  the  complexities  of  the  modern  world.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  avoid 
premature  specialization  and  to  integrate  the  humanities,  the  social  studies,  and  the 
natural  sciences  for  their  mutual  enrichment. 

The  College  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support 
himself  adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  believes  that  one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modern  society  is  that  in  too 
many  cases  training  as  expert  technicians  has  not  been  accompanied  by  education 
for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore,  professional  and  pre-professional  training 
balanced  by  cultural  and  humane  studies.  In  an  environment  that  emphasizes  the 
cultural  and  esthetic  values  to  be  found  in  the  study  of  language,  literature, 
philosophy,  and  science,  the  student  at  Millsaps  can  also  obtain  the  necessary 
courses  to  prepare  him  for  service  in  such  fields  as  teaching,  journalism,  social 
work,  and  business  or  for  professional  study  in  these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology, 
medicine,  dentistry,  engineering,  law,  and  other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  attitude  of  con- 
tinuing intellectual  awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased  inquiry,  without  which 
true  education  cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to  indoctrinate,  but  to  inform  and  in- 
spire. It  does  not  shape  the  student  in  a  common  mold  of  thought  and  ideas,  but 
rather  attempts  to  search  out  his  often  deeply  hidden  aptitudes,  capacities,  and 
aspirations  and  to  provide  opportunities  for  his  maximum  potential  development.  It 
seeks  to  broaden  his  horizons  and  to  lift  his  eyes  and  heart  toward  the  higher  and 
nobler  attributes  of  life.  The  desired  result  is  an  intelligent,  voluntary  dedication  to 
moral  principles  and  a  growing  social  consciousness  that  will  guide  him  into  a  rich, 
well-rounded  Christian  life,  with  ready  acceptance  of  responsibility  to  neighbor, 
state,  and  church. 

— adopted  by  the  Faculty  and  Board  of 
Trustees  of  Millsaps  College,  1955-56 


1 

information  for 
prospective  students 


HISTORY  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College,  founded  February  21,  1890,  is  one  of  the  youngest  colleges  sup- 
ported by  the  United  Methodist  Church.  In  the  late  eighties,  the  Mississippi  Methodist  con- 
ferences appointed  a  joint  commission  to  plan  a  "college  for  males  under  the  auspices  and 
control  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South." 

Commission  member  Major  Reuben  Webster  Millsaps,  Jackson  businessman  and 
banker,  offered  to  give  $50,000  to  endow  the  institution  if  Methodists  throughout  the  state 
matched  this  amount.  Led  by  Bishop  Charles  Betts  Galloway,  Methodists  met  the 
challenge.  The  charter  was  granted  February  21,  1890,  and  Millsaps  opened  in  the  fall  of 
1892.  Coeducation  began  in  the  seventh  session. 

Millsaps'  first  president,  William  Belton  Murrah,  served  until  1910.  Other  presidents 
have  been:  David  Carlisle  Hull  (1910-1912),  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  (1912- 
1923),  Dr.  David  Martin  Key  (1923-1938),  Dr.  Marion  Lofton  Smith  (1938-1952),  Dr. 
Homer  Ellis  Finger,  Jr.,  (1952-64),  Dr.  Benjamin  Barnes  Graves  (1965-1970),  and  Dr. 
Edward  McDaniel  Collins,  Jr.  (1970-1978).  Dr.  George  Marion  Harmon  was  named 
president  in  the  fall  of  1978. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

The  close  personal  relationship  among  students,  faculty  and  the  administration  is  one 
of  the  most  vital  parts  of  the  Millsaps  experience.  A  liberal  arts  college  designed  to  train 
students  for  responsible  citizenship  and  well-balanced  lives,  Millsaps  offers  professional 
and  pre-professional  training  coupled  with  cultural  and  disciplinary  studies.  Students  are 
selected  on  the  basis  of  their  ability  to  think,  desire  to  learn,  good  moral  character  and  in- 
tellectual maturity.  The  primary  consideration  for  admission  is  the  ability  to  do  college 
work  satisfactory  to  the  College  and  beneficial  to  the  student. 

Millsaps'  1,000-member  student  body  represents  about  30  states  and  several  foreign 
countries.  Students  come  from  25  religious  denominations.  All  are  urged  to  take  advan- 
tage of  the  educational  and  cultural  offerings  of  Mississippi's  capital  city  of  Jackson. 

Research  facilities  available  are:  The  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  the 
State  Library,  the  library  of  the  State  Department  of  Health  and  the  Jackson  Public 
Library.  Together,  they  provide  research  facilities  found  nowhere  else  in  the  state. 
Cultural  advantages  include:  The  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra,  Jackson  Little  Theatre, 
New  Stage  Threatre,  Jackson  Opera  Guild,  Inc.,  and  musical,  dramatic  and  sporting 
events  held  at  the  City  Auditorium  and  the  Mississippi  Coliseum. 

Millsaps  is  fully  accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools  and 
approved  by  the  American  Association  of  University  Women  and  the  University  Senate  of 
the  United  Methodist  Church.  It  is  recognized  by  the  General  Board  of  Education  of  the 
United  Methodist  Church  as  one  of  its  strongest  institutions. 


THE  MILLSAPS  -  WILSON  LIBRARY 

The  Millsaps-Wilson  Library  has  more  than  120,000  volumes  and  500  periodical 
subscriptions.  It  provides  individual  study  carrels  and  rooms  as  well  as  browsing  and 
lounge  areas.  There  is  a  collection  of  audiovisual  materials  and  listening  facilities.  Special 
collections  are:  the  Lehman  Engel  Collection  of  books,  manuscripts,  recordings,  and  cor- 
respondence relating  to  the  theatre  and  the  arts;  the  Mississippi  Methodist  Archives;  a  rare 
book  collection;  the  Kellogg  Collection  of  juvenile  books  and  curriculum  materials;  U.S. 
government  documents;  and  the  Millsaps  Archives. 


BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS 

The  100-acre  campus  is  valued  at  about  $11  million.  The  administrative  offices  are 
housed  in  Murrah  Hall,  built  in  1914.  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hall,  built  in  1928,  was 
expanded  and  modernized  in  1963  to  create  the  Millsaps  College  Science  Center.  Gifts 
and  grants  have  added  completely  modern  equipment  for  science  laboratories. 

The  Christian  Center,  completed  in  1950,  was  built  with  gifts  from  Mississippi 
Methodists,  alumni  and  friends.  It  has  a  1,000-seat  auditorium,  a  small  chapel, 
classrooms  and  offices.  In  1967,  the  stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern  theatre  stage. 

The  James  Observatory  provides  facilities  for  astronomy  students  and  is  also 
available  to  area  residents. 

The  Activities  Center,  dedicated  in  1974,  has  courts  for  basketball,  tennis,  badminton 
and  volleyball.  Weight-training  and  physical  therapy  rooms  are  also  included  in  this  multi- 
purpose facility.  An  olympic-sized  swimming  pool  is  adjacent  to  the  Activities  Center. 
Other  athletic  facilities  include  tennis  courts  and  fields  for  football,  baseball,  soccer  and 
track. 

The  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center  houses  the  offices  of  the  deans  of  men  and 
women,  the  bookstore,  post  office,  student  activity  quarters  and  a  recreation  area.  The 
grill  and  dining  hall  are  located  in  the  student  center. 

There  are  three  residence  halls  for  women  and  two  for  men.  All  are  air  conditioned. 

The  Academic  Complex,  completed  in  1971,  includes  a  small  auditorium  in  which  is 
located  a  41-rank  Mohler  organ.  The  Complex  houses  the  departments  of  music,  business 
and  economics  and  political  science.  It  also  contains  skylit  art  studios,  a  computer  room,  a 
listening  laboratory,  a  music  laboratory  and  classrooms. 


ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS 

Millsaps  College  accepts  without  regard  to  race,  color,  sex,  creed,  or  national  origin 
all  who  are  qualified  to  benefit  from  its  academic  program.  Applicants  must  furnish 
evidence  of: 

1.  Good  moral  character 

2.  Sound  physical  and  mental  health 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual  maturity 

Freshman  Admission 

Application  for  admission  to  freshman  standing  may  be  made  by  one  of  the  follow- 
ing: 

1.  By  high  school  graduation,  provided  that: 

(a)  The  student's  record  shows  satisfactory  completion  of  graduation  requirements 
with  at  least  12  units  of  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences  or 
foreign  language.  Four  units  of  English  should  be  included. 

(b)  Results  of  the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT) 
are  submitted  and  reflect  satisfactory  scores 

2.  By  Equivalency  Certificate 

(a)  Students  who  have  not  prepared  for  college  may  submit  results  of  the  General 
Educational  Development  Tests  (GED)  along  with  a  transcript  of  work  completed  in 
lieu  of  requirements  set  forth  in  paragraph  1  (a) . 

(b)  At  the  discretion  of  the  Admissions  Committee,  results  of  the  American  College 
Test  (ACT)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  may  be  required. 


3.    Early  Admission 

(a)  Students  who  are  nearing  high  school  graduation,  but  choose  to  enter  college 
before  graduation,  may  apply  by  submitting  an  official  transcript  and  results  of  the 
American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT) . 

(b)  At  least  12  units  in  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences,  or 
foreign  languages  must  be  included.  Normally,  four  units  of  English  are  required. 

Transfer  Admission 

A  transfer  student  is  one  entering  Millsaps  as  a  full-time  student  from  another  institu- 
tion of  higher  learning.  A  completed  application  for  admission  and  a  transcript  showing  all 
work  attempted  at  other  colleges  or  universities  are  required.  These  policies  apply  to  the 
transfer  applicant: 

1 .  Full  credit  is  normally  allowed  to  transfer  students  on  work  taken  at  other  accredited 
institutions.  Some  courses  which  are  not  regarded  as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  cur- 
riculum may  not  be  credited  toward  a  degree.  Work  done  at  non-accredited  institu- 
tions may  be  validated  if  the  student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  at  Millsaps. 

2.  After  earning  64  semester  hours  at  a  junior  or  senior  college,  a  student  may  not  take 
additional  work  at  a  junior  college  and  have  it  apply  toward  a  degree  from  Millsaps 
College. 

3.  Transfers  must  complete  the  work  necessary  to  fulfill  requirements  for  majors  at 
Millsaps  or  for  pre-professional  work  or  teaching  licenses. 

4.  Grades  and  quality  points  earned  at  another  institution  will  be  recorded  as  they  are  on 
the  transcript.  Transfer  students  must  earn  at  Millsaps  quality  points  at  least  double  the 
number  of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining  on  their  graduation  requirements  after 
transfer  credits  are  entered. 

5.  In  the  case  of  students  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  more  than  three  but  less  than  six 
hours  credit  in  a  required  subject,  the  head  of  the  department  concerned  may  ap- 
prove a  three- hour  elective  in  that  department  as  a  substitute  for  the  remainder  of  the 
required  course. 

6.  Credit  is  not  given  for  correspondence  courses. 

Special  Student  Admission 

A  special  student  is  one  entering  Millsaps  for  less  than  12  hours  of  academic  work  per 
semester  or  one  who  holds  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Special  students  are  admitted  as  non- 
degree  candidates  to  be  enrolled  for  credit  or  for  no  credit  based  on  the  student's  request 
and  the  discretion  of  the  Admissions  Committee.  Admissions  credentials  will  include  a 
completed  application  for  admission  and  transcripts  of  all  academic  work  attempted.  The 
following  policies  apply  to  special  students: 

1.  Special  students  are  expected  to  be  21  years  of  age  and  must  present  evidence  of 
good  character  and  maturity.  Age  requirements  may  be  waived. 

2.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  any  courses  without  regard  to  graduation  re- 
quirements, but  must  meet  prerequisites  for  courses  chosen. 

3.  Special  students  may  apply  as  degree  candidates  but  must  be  admitted  as  degree  can- 
didates at  least  one  year  before  the  date  of  graduation.  Work  completed  at  Millsaps 
will  be  considered  part  of  the  admission  credentials. 

4.  Seniors  taking  all  work  required  for  graduation  are  not  considered  special  students  if 
enrolled  for  less  than  12  hours. 

5.  Special  students  may  not  represent  the  College  in  extracurricular  activities. 

International  Student  Admission 

Millsaps  College  welcomes  international  students.  Admission  credentials  should  be 
submitted  well  in  advance  of  the  semester  in  which  one  expects  to  enroll.  They  are: 


1.  Completed  admission  forms. 

2.  Official  transcript  of  all  work  attempted 

3.  Scores  from  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 

4.  Letters  of  recommendation  from  two  persons 

5.  The  ten  dollar  application  fee 

6.  A  statement  of  resources  for  financial  support  while  in  the  U.S. 

Financial  assistance  is  not  available  to  international  students  so  one  must  come 
prepared  to  pay  the  full  cost  of  attending  Millsaps  and  to  support  one's  self  during  periods 
when  the  college  is  closed. 

Advanced  Placement  and  Credit  by  Examination 

Students  entering  Millsaps  College  may  earn  advanced  placement  and  credit  by  ex- 
amination. The  amount  of  credit  corresponds  to  the  amount  of  course  work  waived  up  to 
a  maximum  of  8  hours  in  any  one  field.  The  student  must  decide  whether  or  not  to  accept 
an  award  of  course  credit  prior  to  registration  for  the  first  semester.  For  further  information 
concerning  the  scores  necessary  to  attain  course  credit  on  examinations,  interested 
students  should  consult  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department  or  the  dean  or 
associate  dean. 

Listed  below  are  the  courses  for  which  advanced  placement  and  credit  by  examina- 
tion are  given,  along  with  the  examination  that  should  be  taken  to  attain  advanced  place- 
ment or  credit.  CLEP  is  the  abbreviation  for  College  Level  Examination  Program.  CEEB 
refers  to  advanced  placement  examinations  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

Accounting  281-282:   CLEP,  Introductory  Accounting 

Chemistry  121-122,  123-124:   CLEP,  General  Chemistry 

Computer  100  (1  Hour):   CLEP  on  Elementary  Computer  Programming 

Computer  100  (3  Hours) :   CLEP  on  Elementary  Computer  Programming  and 

Computers  and  Data  Processing 
Economics  201:   CLEP,  Introductory  Economics  (Combined  Micro-Macro) 
French  101-102:   CEEB  in  French 
German  101-102:   CEEB  in  German 
History  101-102:   CLEP,  Western  Civilization 
Mathematics  103,  104,  115:   CEEB,  Mathematics  Level  II  Test 
Psychology  202:   CLEP,  General  Psychology 
Sociology  101:  CLEP  in  Introductory  Sociology 
Spanish  101-102:  CEEB  in  Spanish 

APPLYING  FOR  ADMISSION 

All  persons  not  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  preceding  regular  semester  must 
apply  to  the  Admissions  Committee  and  be  accepted  prior  to  registration  for  the  fall  and 
spring  semesters. 

A  prospective  student  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance  of  the  date  on 
which  (s)he  wishes  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing  accommodations  on  the  campus  are 
desired.  The  Admissions  Committee  acts  on  applications  for  both  the  spring  and  fall 
semesters  as  credentials  are  completed. 

In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow  this  procedure: 
1.    Submit  a  completed  Application  for  Admission  Form  with  the  $10  application  fee  to 
the  Director  of  Admissions.  The  fee  is  not  refunded  to  a  student  whose  application  is 
approved. 


2.  Request  the  high  school  principal  or  college  registrar  to  send  an  official  transcript 
directly  to  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

(a)  Transfers  must  include  a  transcript  from  every  college  or  university  attended. 

(b)  If  the  prospective  student  is  enrolled  in  school  at  the  time  (s)he  applies  for  admis- 
sion, (s)he  should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing  credits  up  to  that  time.  A  supple- 
mentary transcript  will  be  required  after  admission. 

3.  Freshman  applicants  must  submit  results  of  either  the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT) . 


COUNSELING  PROGRAM 

Counseling  services  are  designed  to  help  students  accomplish  maximum  success  in 
their  academic  work.  Many  members  of  the  college  community  participate  in  counseling, 
and  specialists  are  used  as  referral  resources  when  problems  require  specialized  therapy. 
Pre-Registration  Counseling:  The  College  provides  counseling  services  to  any  pro- 
spective student  who  wants  to  explore  vocational  and  educational  objectives  before 
entering  classes  in  the  fall.  Students  who  are  admitted  are  urged  to  take  advantage  of  this 
service. 

Orientation:  Freshmen  and  transfer  students  are  expected  to  be  on  campus  on  dates 
specified  in  the  college  calendar.  Orientation  is  planned  and  activated  cooperatively  by 
students  and  faculty  to  help  entering  students  prepare  for  campus  life. 
Faculty  Advisers:  New  students  are  assigned  to  faculty  members  who  serve  as 
academic  program  advisers.  When  a  student  chooses  a  major  field,  the  major  professor 
becomes  the  adviser. 

Personal  Counseling:  The  Student  Personnel  Office  counsels  students  on  vocational 
choices,  selection  of  fields  of  study,  study  and  reading  skills,  emotional  adjustments  and 
related  matters. 

Testing:  Individual  testing  services  are  available  to  help  with  self-analysis  and  planning 
in  terms  of  aptitudes,  interests  and  personality. 


STUDENT  HOUSING 

The  deans  of  men  and  women  coordinate  campus  housing  in  cooperation  with 
residence  hall  hostesses,  counselors  and  assistants.  Men  who  are  active  members  of  a 
fraternity  may  live  in  its  house. 

Out-of-town  students  must  reside  in  college  housing  unless  they  have  written  permis- 
sion from  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs  to  live  off-campus.  Applications  for  permission  to 
live  off-campus  are  in  the  Student  Affairs  Office  and  must  be  completed  and  approved 
prior  to  any  intended  move.  Out-of-town  students  below  the  junior  level  are  not  permitted 
to  live  off-campus  except  in  special  cases  as  defined  by  the  deans  of  men  and  women. 
Students  who  wish  to  live  with  relatives  must  have  written  permission  from  the  Office  of 
Student  Affairs. 

Residence  hall  rooms  are  designed  to  house  two  students  each.  Students  wishing  to 
room  together  should  make  every  effort  to  pay  room  deposits  at  the  same  time  and  to 
specify  their  desire  to  room  together.  Single  rooms  are  limited  and  those  desiring  a  single 
room  should  pay  their  room  reservation  fees  as  early  as  possible.  Assignments  are  made 
in  the  order  in  which  this  fee  or  completed  applications  are  received,  whichever  is  later. 
Room  preferences  are  honored  unless  the  rooms  are  already  taken  by  students  who  are 
eligible  for  them.  Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  begins. 

10 


Residence  halls  open  at  10  a.m.  on  the  day  preceding  each  term  and  close  at  10  a.m.  on 
the  day  following  the  last  scheduled  examination  of  each  term.  During  Thanksgiving  and 
spring  holidays,  the  residence  halls  will  close  at  3  p.m.  on  the  last  day  of  scheduled  classes 
and  reopen  at  noon  on  the  day  preceding  the  resumption  of  classes.  Students  are  not 
housed  in  the  residence  halls  during  Thanksgiving,  Christmas  or  spring  holidays. 


MEDICAL  SERVICES 

Millsaps  provides  medical  services  for  minor  illnesses  to  those  students  living  in  the 
residence  halls  and  fraternity  houses.  The  services  of  a  physician  are  available  through  the 
nurse  on  duty  or  one  of  the  residence  hostesses.  Serious  illnesses  of  those  requiring  long- 
term  care  are  referred  to  a  local  hospital  or  to  home  on  a  private  patient  basis. 

The  College  will  pay  for  the  initial  visit  to  the  school  physician,  however,  any  addi- 
tional visits  to  the  school  physician  or  any  visits  to  another  physician  or  specialist  is  the 
financial  responsibility  of  the  student.  Students  who  make  their  own  appointments  with 
the  school  physician  or  any  other  physician,  except  in  emergencies,  will  accept  financial 
responsibility  of  the  appointment. 


PLACEMENT  SERVICES 

The  College  has  a  Placement  Office  which  is  designed  to  serve  students  and  alumni 
who  are  making  career  and  job  decisions.  A  well  established  campus  recruiting  program 
provides  opportunities  for  graduating  seniors  to  interview  representatives  from  many 
organizations  which  schedule  campus  recruiting  dates  from  September  to  April.  Employ- 
ment decisions  are  the  student's  responsibility,  but  the  Placement  Office  serves  as  a  sup- 
plement to  the  student's  efforts  in  identifying  and  securing  the  employment  opportunity 
best  suited  to  his  or  her  qualifications  and  career  interests. 

The  College  recognizes  that  many  students  wish  or  need  to  earn  money  in  part-time 
jobs.  The  Placement  Director  assists  those  persons  in  obtaining  part-time  employment  off 
campus.  It  should  be  noted  that  many  Jackson  employers  have  found  Millsaps  students  to 
be  excellent  workers  and  therefore  make  many  opportunities  available. 


STUDENT  RECORDS 

In  accordance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974,  Millsaps 
College  students  have  the  right  to  review,  inspect,  and  challenge  the  accuracy  of  informa- 
tion kept  in  a  cumulative  file  by  the  institution.  It  also  insures  that  records  cannot  be  re- 
leased without  the  written  consent  of  the  student  except  in  the  following  situations: 

(a)  to  school  officials  and  faculty  who  have  a  legitimate  educational  interest,  such  as 
a  faculty  adviser; 

(b)  where  the  information  is  classified  as  "directory  information."  The  following 
categories  of  information  have  been  designated  by  the  Millsaps  College  as  direc- 
tory information:  name,  address,  telephone  listing,  date  and  place  of  birth,  major 
field  of  study,  participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports,  weight 
and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams,  dates  of  attendance,  degrees  and 
awards  received,  the  most  recent  previous  educational  institution  attended  by  the 
student,  and  information  needed  for  honors  and  awards.  If  you  do  not  wish  such 
information  released  without  your  consent  you  should  notify  the  Registrar's  Of- 
fice  in  writing  prior  to  the  end  of  the  first  day  of  classes. 

For  a  full  statement  of  policy  concerning  the  confidentiality  of  student  records,  see 
the  student  handbook,  MAJOR  FACTS. 

11 


2 

financial  information 


TUITION  AND  FEES 

Millsaps  College  is  an  independent  institution.  Each  student  is  charged  a  tuition 
which  covers  approximately  two-thirds  of  the  cost  of  an  education.  The  balance  is  met  by 
income  from  endowment  and  by  gifts  from  the  United  Methodist  Church,  alumni, 
trustees,  parents,  and  other  friends. 

SEMESTER  EXPENSES  FOR  FULL-TIME  STUDENTS 
(12-17  Semester  Hours) 

Basic  expenses  for  one  semester  are: 

Resident        Non-Resident 

Tuition $1,275.00  $1,275.00 

Student  Association  Fee 24.50  24.50 

Activity  Fee 20.00 

Room  renttt 275.00 

Mealst 345.00  

Total $1,939.50  $1,299.50 

SEMESTER  EXPENSES  FOR  PART-TIME  STUDENTS 
(9-10  Hours  or  less) 

Tuition 85.00 

Activity  Fee  per  semester  hour 1.00 

tSeveral  plans  are  available,  from  $300  to  $345 
ttSingle  room,  when  available,  $412.50 


Other  fees  depend  on  the  courses  for  which  the  student  registers,  and  on  cir- 
cumstances related  to  registration. 

GENERAL  DEPOSIT* 

Resident $75.00 

Non-resident 25.00 

The  general  deposit  is  payable  by  all  regular  students  upon  acceptance  to  the  College 
for  the  first  time  and  no  later  than  30  days  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester  in  which  a 
student  enrolls.  It  is  refundable  either  upon  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  the  College. 
This  refund  is  subject  to  its  application  to  any  unpaid  fees  or  charges  against  the  student. 

'Reserves  dormitory  room  and  space  in  class.  If  a  student  decides  not  to  come  to 
Millsaps,  $25  of  this  fee  is  refundable  if  the  Admissions  Office  receives  a  request  for  refund 
by  July  1. 

LABORATORY  AND  FINE  ARTS  FEES 

Fine  Arts  Fees 

Art  courses,  per  semester 

Each  course  except  201,  202,  303,  420  and  421 $  15.00 

Music  courses,  per  semester  for  private  lessons 

One  lesson  per  week  (1  hour  credit) 60.00 

One  lesson  per  week  (1  hour  credit,  4  in  class) 30.00 

Two  lessons  per  week  (2  or  more  hours  credit) 100.00 

Special  Students  (1  hour  credit) 90.00 

Special  Students  (2  hours  credit) 150.00 

Note:  The  above  fee  includes  use  of  practice  rooms. 

14 


Science  Laboratory  Fees 

Astronomy 15.00 

Biology    101-102 15.00 

Biology  (All  courses  except  101,  102,  403,  404) 20.00 

Biology  403-404 Per  Credit  Hour  15.00 

Chemistry  (all  lab  courses  except  101,  102) 20.00 

Chemistry  101,  102 15.00 

Chemistry  (All  laboratory  courses,  breakage  fee) 15.00' ' 

Geology  (All  courses) 20.00 

Geology  401-402 Per  Credit  Hour  10.00 

Geology  403-404 Per  Credit  Hour  10.00 

Mathematics  352  (Analog  Computer) 15.00 

Physics  151,  152,  201,  315,  316,  351,  352,  371,  372 20.00 

Psychology   309-310 5.00 

Special  Problems 10.00 

*  'unused  portion  refundable  at  end  of  semester. 

Other  Laboratory  Fees 

Modern  Foreign  Languages  101-102 5.00 

All  Computer  Courses  including  ADM  291  and  272 30.00 

Mathematics  401-402  (using  the  computer) 20.00 

SPECIAL  FEES 

The  general  purpose  of  special  fees  is  to  allocate  to  the  user  at  least  a  portion  of  the 
direct  cost  for  providing  special  services,  equipment  and  facilities. 

COURSE  OVERLOAD  FEE.— A  fee  of  $85.00  per  semester  hour  is  charged  for 
course  loads  above  17  semester  hours. 

PARKING  FEE.— A  fee  of  $1.00  per  semester  hour  ($15.00  maximum)  is  charged 
for  students  who  wish  to  park  on  campus.  This  fee  will  help  cover  the  cost  of  maintaining 
the  college  parking  lots  and  streets.  The  streets  on  campus  are  the  property  of  the  College 
and  must  be  maintained  by  the  College.  Students  failing  to  register  vehicles  may  be  denied 
the  privilege  of  parking  on  campus. 

ACTIVITY  FEE.— A  fee  of  $20.00  is  charged  for  general  student  activities.  The  fee 
covers  admission  to  all  college  sponsored  activities,  the  use  of  all  college  recreational 
facilities,  and  participation  in  college  activities  not  covered  by  tuition.  Part-time  students 
are  charged  at  the  rate  of  $1.00  per  semester  hour. 

LATE  REGISTRATION  FEE.— A  $5  fee  will  be  charged  any  full-time  student  who 
registers  after  the  days  designated.  Payment  of  expenses  is  part  of  registration. 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE. -A  $5  fee  will  be  charged  for  each  change  of 
schedule  authorization  processed.  Any  change  initiated  by  the  College  will  have  no  fee. 

GRADUATION  FEE. -The  $25  fee  covers  the  cost  of  the  diploma,  the  rental  of  a 
cap  and  gown,  and  general  commencement  expenses. 

MUSIC  FEE— Students  taking  only  private  music  lessons  or  private  art  lessons  for 
college  credit  pay  $10  for  each  course  plus  the  special  fees  for  the  courses  taken.  They 
pay  only  the  special  fee(s)  if  the  course  is  not  taken  for  credit. 

A  student  taking  one  course  (credit  or  non-credit)  in  addition  to  private  music  or 
private  art  lessons  for  credit  will  pay  the  above  $10  fee(s)  and  special  fee(s)  plus  the 
special-student  tuition  and  laboratory  fee  for  the  other  course. 

15 


AUDITING  OF  COURSES.— Courses  are  audited  with  approval  of  the  dean.  There 
will  be  no  charge  except  laboratory  fee  to  a  full-time  student  for  auditing  any  course. 
Students  taking  seven  hours  or  less  may  audit  one  course  without  charge  except  for  the 
payment  of  a  laboratory  fee.  A  person  not  enrolled  in  any  course  for  college  credit  will  be 
charged  at  the  rate  of  $85.00  per  semester  hour.  A  student  auditing  the  classroom  work 
and  not  auditing  the  laboratory  work  will  not  pay  a  laboratory  fee.  A  student  auditing  a 
course  in  which  the  laboratory  and  classroom  work  cannot  be  separated  will  pay  the 
laboratory  fee. 

FINANCIAL  REGULATIONS 

PAYMENTS— All  charges  cire  due  and  payable  on  or  before  the  day  designated  for 
registration.  No  student  will  be  considered  registered  until  payment  is  made. 

For  parents  who  prefer  to  meet  educational  expenses  on  an  installment  basis, 
Millsaps  offers  the  monthly  payment  services  of  The  Insured  Tuition  Payment  Plan  and 
The  Tuition  Plan,  Inc.  Information  is  sent  to  the  parents  of  each  incoming  student.  For  in- 
formation in  advance,  write  to: 

Richard  C.  Knight  Insurance  Agency,  Inc.        qj.  The  Tuition  Plan,  Inc. 

53  Beacon  Street  Concord,  N.H.  03301 

Boston,  Mass.  02108 

SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  FINANCIAL  AID 

Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students  on  two  bases: 
academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  Information  may  be  obtained  from  the  director  of 
financial  aid.  Financial  aid  is  not  available  to  international  students. 

In  instances  of  financial  need,  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is  based  on  information  sub- 
mitted by  the  College  Scholarship  Service  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 
The  College  Scholarship  Service  assists  in  determining  the  student's  need  for  financial 
assistance.  Students  seeking  assistance  must  submit  a  copy  of  the  Financial  Aid  Form  to 
the  College  Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  College  as  the  recipient,  by  April  1. 
The  Financial  Aid  Form  may  be  obtained  from  a  secondary  school,  Millsaps  College,  or 
the  College  Scholarship  Service,  P.O.  Box  176,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540;  P.O.  Box  881, 
Evanston,  111.  60204;  or  P.O.  Box  1025,  Berkeley,  Calif.  90704. 

Competitive  Scholarships 

The  David  Martin  Key  Scholarships  are  granted  to  promising  students  who  are 

designated  as  the  Key  Scholars,  and  are  renewable  if  academic  requirements  are  met. 

They  are  a  memorial  to  Dr.  David  Martin  Key,  who  served  the  College  as  teacher  and 

president. 

The  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  Scholarships  go  to  students  who  have  completed  their 

studies  in  junior  college.  They  are  renewable  for  a  second  year  if  the  performance  is 

satisfactory.  They  are  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins,  president  from  1912- 

1923. 

Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  recognize  achievement  and  leadership  potential  as 

well  as  academic  ability.  Sixty  to  seventy  are  available  each  year.  Some  will  be  honorary 

with  no  financial  grants  being  made.  Recipients  are  selected  from  applicants  proposed  by 

the  faculty. 

The  Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  have  been  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  in 

honor  of  former  Millsaps  College  President  Marion  L.  Smith.  They  are  awarded  annually 

to  selected  high  school  seniors  on  the  basis  of  interviews  conducted  by  faculty  members. 

Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  are  one  year,  non-renewable  awards.  They  range  in  value 

up  to  $500  each. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500  each  for  several  Methodist  students  who 

have  ranked  in  the  upper  15  percent  of  their  class. 

16 


The  Tribbctt  Scholarship  is  awarded  at  the  end  of  each  session  to  the  member  of  the 
sophomore  or  junior  class  whose  quality  index  is  highest  for  the  year,  subject  to  the 
following  qualifications: 

1.  Must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  32  semester  hours'  work  for  the  year, 
and  must  have  made  at  least  "C"  in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  Must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  president  of  the  College. 

Institutional  Scholarships 

Children  of  United  Methodist  Ministers  serving  in  the  conferences  of  the  state  of 
Mississippi  receive  scholarship  aid  from  the  College. 

The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program  supports  the  Foreign  Student  Program 
which  attempts  to  assist  foreign  students  enrolled. 

General  Scholarship  Funds  are  budgeted  each  year  to  help  students  requiring  financial 
aid. 

United  Methodist  Ministerial  Students  annually  receive  a  $1,000  scholarship,  con- 
tingent upon  at  least  one  year's  reciprocal  service  in  the  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church. 

Endowed  Scholarships 
The  H.  V.  Allen  Scholarship 

The  Burlie  Bagley  Scholarship  Fund.  The  scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a  student  who 
is  training  for  full-time  Christian  service. 
The  Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund 
The  J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  The  scholarship  will  be 
awarded  each  year  to  a  student  who  is  training  for  a  church-related  vocation. 
The  W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship 

The  Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee  and  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
The  A.  Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships 

The  Rev.  and  Mrs.  C.  C.  Clark  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund.  This  scholarship  annually 
provides  fund  for  deserving  and  needy  students  enrolled  at  Millsaps. 
Mrs.  J.  G.  Cobb  Scholarship 
The  George  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship 
The  Helen  Daniel  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund.  The  annual  scholar- 
ship is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  student  in  the  Department  of  Business  Administration. 
The  William  B.  Fields  Scholarship  Fund,  established  in  1978,  is  awarded  annually  to  a 
resident  of  Lee  County,  Mississippi,  who  has  a  record  of  high  academic  achievement  and 
who  has  the  desire  to  develop  skills  which  maximize  the  use  of  individual  talents. 
The  Josie  Millsaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship 

The  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund.  Preference  is  to  be  given  to  a  pre- 
theological  student  or  to  some  student  preparing  for  a  full-time  church  vocation. 
The  Irene  and  S.  H.  Gaines  Scholarship  Fund.  Scholarships  for  Mississippi  young 
people  who  are  planning  to  enter  the  service  of  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
The  Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship 

The  N.  J.  Golding  Scholarship  Fund.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  each 
year  to  a  ministerial  student  or  under  certain  circumstances  to  a  chemistry  major. 
The  Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship 
The  Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship 

17 


The  Clyde  W.  Hall  Scholarship 
The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund 

The  James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Income  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  pre- 
law student  at  Millsaps. 

The  John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund.  Preference  shall  be  given  to  a  student  prepeur- 
ing  for  the  ministry  in  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
The  Herman  and  Martha  Hines  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Rames  Assad  Khayat  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship.  Income  from  this  fund  is  given  to  one  or  more 
students  in  music  or  music  activities  of  the  College. 
The  Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Reverend  and  Mrs  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship.  Interest  will  go  to  a  ministerial  stu- 
dent selected  by  the  College. 

The  James  Nicholas  McLean  Scholarship  Fund.  Established  by  Carolyn  H.  McLean  in 
memory  of  her  husband,  the  fund  provides  assistance  for  deserving  students  attending 
Millsaps  College. 

The  Lida  EUsberry  Malone  Scholarship 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship.  Scholarships  are  to  be  given  to  ministerial 

students. 

The  Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund.  The  income  from  this  fund  is 

to  be  awarded  to  a  pre-engineering  student. 

The  Mitchell  Scholarship 

The  J.  L.  Neill  Memorial  Scholarship.  The  income  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  student 

preparing  for  full-time  Christian  service. 

The  Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund.  Interest  from  this  fund  is 
awarded  to  a  ministerial  student. 

The  J.  B.  Price  Scholarship 

The  Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship.  Yearly  awards  go  to  a  young  woman 
who  is  training  for  full-time  Christian  service. 

The  Kelly  Mouzon  Pylant  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  provides  annual  financial 
assistance  to  a  student  preparing  to  enter  the  mission  field  or  other  area  of  Christian  ser- 
vice. 

The  S.  F.  and  Alma  Riley  Memorial 
The  R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship 

The  Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund.  Interest  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a 
ministerial  student. 

The  Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Paul  Russell  Scholarship 

The  Charles  Christopher  Scott,  III,  Scholarship  Fund 

The  George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a  ministerial  student. 
The  Inez  Harvey  Silverstein  Scholarship 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund.  Income  is  for  scholarships 
with  preference  given  to  ministerial  students. 

18 


The  Albert  Burnell  Shelton  Scholarship 

The  William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund.  The  recipient  is  to  be  a 
senior  ministerial  student  chosen  by  the  Advisory  Committee  of  the  Foundation. 
The  Willie  E.  Smith  Scholarship.  Interest  will  go  to  a  ministerial  student. 
The  Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  Of  The  Hattiesburg  District  of  The 
United  Methodist  Church.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  student  of 
the  Hattiesburg  District  with  preference  given  to  a  ministerial  student. 
The  E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Income  from  this  fund  is  given  to 
students  interested  in  the  study  and  development  of  human  relations. 
The  R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund 
The  Sullivan  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  Fund.  Under  the  terms  of  the  scholarship,  the  stu- 
dent selected  may  do  a  year  of  graduate  work  in  geology. 

The  James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship.  Interest  provides  a  scholarship  to  a 
ministerial  student. 

The  W.  H.  Watkins  Scholarship 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship.  The  recipient  is  to  be  an  English  major. 

The  Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship.  Preference  is  given  to  students  preparing 
for  full-time  church  vocations. 

The  Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  Scholarship 

Sponsored  Scholarships 

Fraternity  Scholarship  Award— The  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  National  Memorial  Foundation 
Scholarship  Award  of  $300  is  given  to  a  fraternity  sophomore. 

The  Galloway  Church  Bible  Class  Scholarship 

The  Greater  Mississippi  Life  Scholarship.  Preference  is  given  to  students  majoring  in 

business  or  a  related  field. 

The  Hall  Foundation  Scholarship 

The  Nellie  Hederi  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Wilson  Hemingway  Scholarship 

The  Joey  Hoff  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Albert  L.  and  Florence  O.  Hopkins  Scholarship 

The  Jackson  Christian  Education  Association  Scholarship  helps  a  student  prepare  for 
a  Christian  education  vocation. 

Jackson  Civitan  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  junior  student. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Kimball  Scholarship  Fund 

The  Kappa  Alpha  Eric  Gunn  Memorial  Scholarship 

The  Panhellenic  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  woman  student  who  is  a  member  of  one  of 
the  Greek  organizations. 

The  Teacher  Education  Scholarship  encourages  and  assists  juniors  and  seniors  prepar- 
ing to  enter  a  public  school  teaching  career. 

The  United  Methodist  Youth  Assistance  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  Executive 
Committee  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  Methodist  Youth  Fellowship.  The  recipient  is 
selected  by  the  Conference  Council  on  Youth  Ministry.  A  minimum  of  four  hours  work 
per  week  in  the  department  of  Youth  Ministry  of  the  Conference  Program  Council  is  re- 
quired. 

19 


The  Mary  Virginia  Weems  Scholarship 

Loan  Funds 

The  Federally  Insured  Loan  Program.  Under  this  program  the  student  completes  a 
federally  Insured  application  (OE  1154)  and  a  Financial  Aid  Form.  He  sends  the  FAF  to 
College  Scholarship  Service  listing  Millsaps  as  the  recipient.  Then  the  financial  officer  at 
Millsaps  will  determine  the  student's  need  and  recommend  this  need  to  the  student's 
lender  (a  credit  union,  bank,  savings  and  loan,  and  any  other  lending  institution).  The 
government  will  pay  the  7  percent  interest  while  the  student  is  in  school.  It  is  up  to  the  stu- 
dent to  negotiate  the  loan  with  the  lender  of  his  choice.  A  student  may  borrow  in  one 
academic  year  a  sum  not  to  exceed  $2500  and  no  more  than  $7500  maximum  for  all 
years  combined.  Repayment  of  the  loan  begins  not  earlier  than  nine  months  nor  later  than 
one  year  after  the  date  of  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school. 

The  National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program.  A  student  may  borrow  in  the  first  two 
academic  years  a  total  sum  not  to  exceed  $2500  and  during  the  undergraduate  course  of 
study  a  sum  not  exceeding  $5000.  Payment  of  the  loan  begins  nine  months  after  the  bor- 
rower has  completed  or  withdrawn  from  higher  education  work  and  will  be  completed 
within  ten  years  and  nine  months.  The  interest  rate  is  3  percent  during  repayment.  De- 
tailed information  concerning  this  loan  and  application  forms  can  be  secured  from  the 
director  of  financial  aid  at  Millsaps. 


Other  loan  funds  available  are: 

The  Coulter  Loan  Fund  for  pre-ministerial  students 

The  Claudine  Curtis  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

The  William  Larken  Duren  Loan  Fund 

The  Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund 

The  Kenneth  Gilbert  Endowed  Loan  Scholarship 

The  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund 

The  Graham  R.  McFarlane  Loan  Scholarship  for  students  going  into  full-time 
religious  work  in  the  Christian  Church. 

The  J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund 

The  United  Methodist  Student  Loan  Fund 

The  George  R.  Williams  Endowed  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1977  by  Miss 
Rufie  Lee  Williams  and  Mrs.  J.  O.  Howard  to  honor  their  brother,  a  retired 
minister  of  the  North  Mississippi  Conference  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church.  Loans  from  the  fund  are  available  to  any  full-time  Millsaps  student 
who  in  the  opinion  of  the  Financial  Aid  Committee  needs  and  is  deserving 
of  financial  assistance. 

Information  and  applications  are  available  from  the  director  of  financial  aid. 

Additional  Financial  Aid  Operations 

Part-time  Employment:  Students  who  want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  apply 
through  the  Awards  Committee.  Students  seeking  employment  off  campus  may  contact 
the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been  established  from  funds  contributed  by 
the  federal  government  and  the  college  to  provide  financial  assistance  through  employ- 
ment. 

State  Student  Incentive  Grants  are  provided  by  Millsaps,  the  state  of  Mississippi 
and  the  federal  government.  These  funds  are  to  help  qualified  students  with  substantial 
financial  need. 

20 


Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  are  provided  by  the  federal 
government  to  provide  supplemental  grants  to  other  aid  to  assist  in  making  available  the 
benefits  of  higher  education  to  qualified  students  of  exceptional  financial  need  who,  for 
lack  of  financial  means  of  their  own  or  their  families,  would  be  unable  to  obtain  an  educa- 
tion without  such  aid. 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grant  was  established  by  the  Educational  Amend- 
ments of  1972  and  is  funded  by  the  federal  government.  When  fully  funded,  each  student 
is  entitled  each  academic  year  to  a  grant  of  $1600  less  family  contribution  (method  of 
determining  this  contribution  to  be  set  by  the  Commissioner  of  Education) ,  or  half  the  col- 
lege cost,  whichever  is  less. 


^ 


21 


3 

Student  life 


RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

The  religious  life  of  the  College  centers  around  the  churches  of  Jackson  and  the  cam- 
pus religious  program. 

Stimulation  and  coordination  of  campus  religious  life  are  the  functions  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Religious  Activities,  the  Chaplain,  and  the  Chaplain's  Committee  of  the  College 
Senate.  The  office  of  the  Chaplain  attempts  to  maintain  direct  contact  with  student 
religious  groups  to  encourage  and  support  their  activities,  and  to  provide  religious  and 
personal  counseling  both  to  individuals  and  to  groups.  Both  the  Religious  Activities  Com- 
mittee and  the  Chaplain's  Committee,  consisting  of  faculty  and  student  members,  attempt 
to  determine  the  religious  needs  of  the  college  community  and  to  provide  special  pro- 
grams and  emphases  as  required. 

Student  religious  groups  vary  widely  and  have  become  less  formal.  Students  desiring 
the  more  structural  type  of  young  adult  programs  are  encouraged  to  affiliate  with 
established  activities  in  local  churches  of  their  choice.  Some  campus  groups  are  organized 
along  denominational  lines,  while  others  have  a  more  ecumenical  orientation  and  attempt 
to  provide  discussion,  study,  activities,  and  projects  which  will  appeal  to  all  students, 
whether  or  not  they  are  affiliated  with  a  specific  church. 

The  office  of  the  chaplain  reflects  a  desire  for  the  religious  life  on  the  campus  to  in- 
volve an  organized  concern  for  the  total  needs  of  the  Millsaps  community.  Persons  and 
committees  related  to  this  office  plan  for  concerns  that  are  narrowly  religious  in  nature  as 
well  as  those  that  represent  efforts  to  minister  to  personal  needs  of  individuals. 

The  Fellowship,  an  organization  of  persons  preparing  for  professional  Christian  voca- 
tions, attempts  to  create  programs  and  field  work  appropriate  to  the  needs  of  student 
members. 


PUBLIC  EVENTS  COMMITTEE 

The  Public  Events  Committee  receives  funds  from  the  student  government  to  spon- 
sor programs  of  general  interest  to  the  campus  and  community.  Its  major  activity  is  the  Fri- 
day Forum  Series— a  continuing  slate  of  speakers  presented  each  Friday  during  the 
academic  year.  The  objective  of  the  series  is  to  provide  information  and  stimulate  interest 
in  current  issues,  to  explore  historical  events  and  to  present  differing  perspectives  on  con- 
troversial subjects.  Faculty  members,  local  authorities  and  national  experts  are  invited  to 
present  their  thoughts  on  a  variety  of  literary,  cultural,  scientific,  political  and  historical 
topics. 

In  addition  to  the  Forum  Series,  the  Public  Events  Committee  sponsors  special  events 
throughout  the  academic  year.  It  provides  funds  to  student  organizations  and  academic 
departments  interested  in  organizing  programs  open  to  the  entire  campus.  These  include 
films,  guest  speakers  and  music  recitals.  At  least  once  a  year  the  committee  sponsors  a 
week-long  symposium  on  a  significant  theme  and  invites  nationally  known  figures  to  par- 
ticipate. During  election  years,  candidates  for  state  and  local  political  office  are  also  invited 
on  campus  to  present  their  positions. 

All  of  these  activities  have  to  do  with  the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the  liberation  of 
the  mind  to  grasp  the  world  of  nature  and  of  human  experience  and  action  in  all  its 
richness  and  complexity,  and  to  respond  with  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern,  and  mature 
judgment. 

24 


ATHLETICS 

The  athletic  policy  of  Millsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise  that  athletics  exist  for 
the  benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily  to  enhance  the  prestige  and  publicity  of  the 
college. 

Competitive  sports  conducted  in  an  atmosphere  of  good  sportsmanship  and  fair  play 
can  make  a  significant  contribution  to  the  complete  physical,  emotional,  moral,  and  men- 
tal development  of  the  well-rounded  individual.  They  are  thus  an  integral  part  of  a  pro- 
gram of  liberal  education.  An  attempt  is  made  to  provide  a  sports-for-all  program  and  to 
encourage  as  many  students  as  possible  to  participate. 

Intercollegiate 

The  program  for  men  includes  football,  basketball,  baseball,  and  tennis.  Soccer  is 
played  on  a  club  basis.  The  women's  program  includes  basketball  and  tennis. 

The  programs  are  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the  National  Collegiate 
Athletic  Association  and  the  Association  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  for  Women  of  which 
Millsaps  College  is  a  member. 

Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to  observe  and  maintain 
the  same  academic  standards  as  other  students. 

Intramural 

The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  organizations  in  basket- 
ball, volleyball,  softball,  tennis,  track,  soccer,  and  golf.  Rules  are  made  and  administered 
by  the  Intramural  Council,  composed  of  student  representatives  with  the  intramural  direc- 
tor as  an  ex-officio  member. 

The  program  for  women  is  administered  by  The  Women's  Intramural  Council,  whose 
student  members  head  the  teams  that  compete  in  such  sports  as  touch  football,  badmin- 
ton, volleyball,  tennis,  basketball,  and  softball.  Election  to  the  Majorette  Club  provides 
recognition  for  athletic  participation. 

PUBLICATIONS 

The  Purple  and  White  is  the  official  student  newspaper  of  the  College,  and  its  staff  is 
composed  of  individuals  interested  in  campus  journalism.  The  P&W  endeavors  to  pro- 
vide coverage  of  all  Millsaps  events,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a  forum  for  discussion  and  ex- 
ploration of  ideas. 

Now  in  its  seventy-third  year,  the  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student  publication  of 
Millsaps  College,  attempting  to  give  a  comprehensive  view  of  campus  life.  "Bobashela"  is 
an  Indian  name  for  good  friend. 

Through  Stylus,  the  College  literary  magazine,  students  interested  in  creative  writing 
are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in  print.  The  publication  comes  out  twice  each 
yeeur  and  contains  the  best  poetry,  short  stories,  and  essays  submitted  by  Millsaps  students. 

MUSIC  AND  DRAMA 
The  Millsaps  Singers 

Open  by  audition  to  all  students,  the  Singers  represent  Millsaps  in  public  perform- 
ances, campus  programs,  annual  tours  throughout  the  state,  and  to  other  areas  of  our 
United  States.  In  recent  years  the  choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado;  to  Washington,  D.C.;  to 
Atlanta,  to  record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour;  and  to  Mexico.  The  choir  has  sung 
with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra  three  times,  the  Jackson  Symphony,  many 
times,  the  Chicago  Chamber  Orchestra,  and  the  New  Orleans  Philharmonic.  Membership 
earns  two  semester  hours  of  extracurricular  credit  for  the  year's  work. 

25 


The  Millsaps  Players 

The  Millsaps  Players  present  four  three-act  plays  each  year.  Major  productions  of  re- 
cent years  include  "The  Sea  Gull,"  "The  Three-penny  Opera,"  "My  Fair  Lady,"  "Julius 
Caesar,"  "Camelot,"  "Romeo  and  Juliet,"  "Medea,"  "Becket",  "Androcles  and  the 
Lion,"  "Camino  Real,"  "Macbeth,"  "Luther,"  "The  Rivals,"  "South  Pacific,"  "Crown 
Matrimonial,"  and  "The  Day  After  the  Fair." 

Membership  in  The  Players  is  open  to  all  students,  and  effective  participation  in  the 
production  earns  one  extracurricular  credit  each  semester. 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 
Student  Association 

All  regularly  enrolled  students  of  Millsaps  are  members  of  the  Student  Association 
and  have  full  power  of  voting.  The  Millsaps  Student  Association  is  governed  by  the  Stu- 
dent Senate  and  the  Student  Judicial  Council.  The  Student  Senate  is  composed  of  not 
more  than  20  voting  members  elected  from  the  Millsaps  Student  Association.  Represen- 
tatives are  chosen  by  petition,  with  no  more  than  40  signatures  required  for  any  petition 
(the  Election  Committee  decides  each  year  how  many  signatures  will  be  required) .  Only 
full-time  students  are  allowed  to  participate  in  the  election.  Members  of  the  Student 
Senate  are  chosen  by  the  first  Tuesday  in  October  and  serve  their  constituency  the  length 
of  the  academic  year. 

Officers  of  the  Student  Senate  are  elected  at  large  from  the  Millsaps  Student  Associa- 
tion. The  officers  are  President,  First  Vice-President,  Second  Vice-President,  Secretary, 
and  Treasurer.  The  officers  serve  a  term  beginning  and  ending  on  the  first  day  of 
February. 

Student  Senate  meetings  are  held  on  the  second  Tuesday  of  each  month,  with 
special  meetings  called  by  the  Secretary  at  the  request  of  1)  the  President  of  the  Senate,  2) 
the  Senate,  3)  seven  members  of  the  Senate,  4)  the  President  of  the  College. 

The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  according  to  the  Constitution  are  "to 
exercise  legislative  and  executive  power  over  those  non-academic  areas  of  collegiate  ac- 
tivity that  are  in  most  instances  the  responsibility  of  students,"  including  1)  the  apportion- 
ment of  funds  collected  by  the  College  as  Student  Association  fees;  2)  the  granting  or 
revoking  of  charters  to  use  campus  facilities  and  funds  by  student  organizations;  3)  for- 
mulating rules  of  social  and  dormitory  conduct;  4)  the  conduction  of  Student  Association 
elections;  5)  traditional  class  responsibilities;  6)  the  intramural  program. 

The  Judicial  Council  is  composed  of  three  ex-officio  advisors  and  seven  appointed 
members.  The  Dean  of  Men,  the  Dean  of  Women,  and  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  act  in  a 
non- voting  advisory  function.  Seven  voting  student  members  in  addition  to  three  alternate 
members  are  nominated  by  a  special  committee  of  the  Student  Senate  and  are  confirmed 
by  the  Student  Senate,  with  a  view  to  appropriate  balance  in  regard  to  race,  sex,  and 
place  of  residence. 

No  member  of  the  Student  Senate  or  the  College  Senate  may  be  a  voting  member  of 
the  Judicial  Council.  Council  members  serve  a  term  of  one  year.  They  are  appointed 
before  September  15.  The  Millsaps  Judicial  Council  has  jurisdiction  over  all  student 
disciplinary  cases  except  when  an  individual's  eligibility  to  continue  as  a  student  is  put  into 
question  because  of  academic  or  medical  difficulties.  Its  decisions  shall  be  appealable  to 
the  President  of  the  College. 

26 


Honor  Societies 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity,  founded  at  the  University 
of  Alabama  in  1926.  Leadership,  scholarship,  expertness,  character,  and  personality  are 
the  qualities  by  which  students  are  judged  for  membership.  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  strives  to 
bridge  the  gap  between  pre-medical  and  medical  schools. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega,  a  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity,  recognizes  members  of 
the  Millsaps  Players  for  their  effective  participation  in  acting,  directing,  make-up,  stage 
management,  costuming,  lighting,  or  publicity.  Each  year  the  name  of  the  outstanding 
graduating  senior  member  of  the  organization  is  engraved  on  a  trophy  which  is  kept  in  the 
college  trophy  case. 

Beta  Beta  Beta,  established  at  Millsaps  in  1968,  is  a  national  honor  fraternity  for 
students  in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes  are  to  stimulate  sound  scholarship,  to  pro- 
mote the  dissemination  of  scientific  truth,  and  to  encourage  investigation  of  the  life 
sciences.  Monthly  meetings  are  held  to  discuss  new  ideas,  research,  and  other  material 
pertinent  to  biology  and  related  sciences.  Activities  include  off-campus  field  trips  and  the 
invitation  of  nationally  prominent  lecturers  to  the  campus. 

Chi  Chi  Chi  membership  is  earned  through  outstanding  scholarship  in  the  study  of 
chemistry.  The  organization  sponsors  numerous  visiting  lecturers  and  assists  the 
Chemistry  Department  when  needed. 

Chi  Delta  is  a  local  honorary  literary  society  fostering  creative  writing  among  the 
women  at  Millsaps. 

Eta  Sigma,  scholastic  honorary,  was  re-established  on  Millsaps  campus  in  1957. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity,  recognizing  ability  in  classical  studies. 
Alpha  Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in  December,  1935. 

Gamma  Gamma  is  a  Greek  leadership  honorary  established  at  Millsaps  College  in 
1965.  Its  purpose  is  to  recognize  and  to  encourage  meritorious  service  to  the  Greek 
system  and  to  the  College. 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  sorority,  promotes  the  cause  of 
education  by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and  professional  ideas  among  those 
preparing  for  the  teaching  profession. 

Kit  Kat  is  a  literary  fraternity  with  a  selected  membership  of  men  students  and  faculty 
members  who  have  literary  ambition  and  ability.  Programs  consist  of  original  papers  read 
by  the  members  and  criticized  by  the  group. 

Medical  Technology  Club,  organized  in  1975  within  the  Department  of  Biology, 
brings  together  students  interested  in  careers  in  medical  technology,  promotes  career  ob- 
jectives, stimulates  interest,  disseminates  ideas,  coordinates  educational  planning,  and 
assists  in  the  preparation  for  admission  to  clinical  training.  The  programs  of  the  monthly 
meetings  are  designed  to  assist  club  members  in  the  pursuance  of  their  educational  goals. 
Tours  of  clinical  laboratories  and  conferences  with  educational  supervisors  of  schools  of 
medical  technology  are  included. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  leadership  society  with  chapters  in  principal  colleges  and 
universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings  together  members  of  the  student  body  and  faculty 
interested  in  campus  activities,  together  with  a  limited  number  of  alumni  and  supporters 
who  plan  for  the  betterment  of  the  College.  Membership  in  Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a 
distinct  honor. 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes  attainment  and 
scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and  literature.  Its  purpose  is  to  honor 

27 


those  students  having  earned  a  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  in  French,  and  who  have 
a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects.  Honorary  members  are  chosen  from  among  the 
faculty,  alumni,  and  townspeople  who  have  a  special  interest  in  the  activities  of  this 
organization. 

Psi  Delta  Chi  is  a  local  honorary  recognizing  both  interest  and  ability  in  the  social 
sciences.  Although  honorary  status  is  reserved  for  students  of  demonstrated  ability,  active 
membership  is  open  to  all  interested  students. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to  those  students 
who  have  shown  excellence  in  the  study  of  German  and  in  order  to  provide  a  forum  for 
the  study  of  all  aspects  of  German  civilization. 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  the  international  Spanish  honorary,  was  established  atMillsaps  Col- 
lege on  February  24,  1968.  This  honor  society  recognizes  attainment  and  scholarship  in 
the  study  of  the  Spanish  language  and  literature.  Membership  is  open  to  students  with  a 
high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects  who  also  possess  at  least  a  "B"  average  in  Spanish. 
Membership  is  limited  to  those  having  at  least  three  college  years  of  Spanish  including  a 
minimum  of  three  hours  of  literature. 

Sigma  Lambda  is  the  leadership  honorary  which  recognizes  in  women  those 
qualities  of  character,  involvement,  and  scholarship.  As  the  highest  women's  honorary  on 
campus,  it  offers  its  members  the  opportunity  to  more  fully  develop  those  qualities  for 
which  they  were  duly  selected  for  membership. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester  sophomores,  juniors, 
and  seniors  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  natural  sciences  and  who  fulfill  certain 
specified  qualifications.  The  purpose  is  furthering  general  interest  in  the  sciences. 

FRATERNITIES  AND  SORORITIES 

There  are  four  fraternities  and  four  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The  fraternities  and 
sororities  are  all  members  of  well-established  national  Greek-letter  organizations. 

The  sororities  are  Chi  Omega,  Kappa  Delta,  Phi  Mu,  and  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha. 

The  fraternities  are  Kappa  Alpha,  Kappa  Sigma,  Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  and 
Pi  Kappa  Alpha. 

Policies  governing  sorority  and  fraternity  life  are  formulated  through  the  Panhellenic 
Council  and  the  Interfraternity  Council  in  cooperation  with  the  Committee  on  Social 
Organizations. 

Alpha  Kappa  Alpha  is  an  associate  member  of  the  college  Panhellenic  Council. 

At  the  end  of  Rush  Week  these  organizations  offer  "bids"  to  the  students  whom  they 
have  selected.  Eligibility  for  membership  in  sororities  and  fraternities  is  governed  by  the 
following  regulations: 

A.   General  Conditions 

1.  Only  bona  fide  regular  students  (carrying  at  least  12  academic  hours)  may  be 
pledged. 

2.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until  his  official  registration 
for  classes  has  been  cleared  by  the  Registrar's  Office. 

3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic  eligibility  of  its  prospec- 
tive initiates  from  the  registrar  prior  to  the  initiation  ceremonies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation  time  can  be  in- 
itiated except  by  permission  of  the  Social  Organizations  Committee. 

28 


B.   Scholastic  Requirements 

1.  To  be  eligible  for  initiation,  a  student  must  have  earned  in  his  most  recent 
semester  of  residence  as  many  as  24  quality  points,  and  in  the  same  semester  as 
many  as  12  semester  hours  of  academic  credit,  and  must  not  have  fallen  below  D 
in  more  than  one  subject. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester  shall  receive  an  F 
for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as  for  academic  averages. 

3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one  semester  for 
sorority  or  fraternity  purposes. 

ACTIVITY  GROUPS 

Dcutscher  Verein  was  founded  to  provide  an  organization  for  the  informal  study  of 
various  aspects  of  German  and  Austrian  cultural  life.  At  Christmas  the  annual  "Weih- 
nachsfest"  is  a  campus  tradition. 

The  Millsaps  Black  Students  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate  and  improve  the 
social  and  academic  atmosphere  for  black  students  at  Millsaps  College. 

The  Millsaps  Circle  K  Club  is  a  service  organization  jointly  sponsored  by  the  College 
administration  and  the  Capital  City  Kiwanis  Club.  With  membership  open  upon  petition 
to  all  interested  and  qualified  male  students,  Circle  K  is  active  both  on  the  campus  and  in 
the  community.  Various  service  projects  promote  cultural,  social,  and  individual  enrich- 
ment, as  well  as  the  development  of  responsible  leadership. 

MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  is  given  to  a  student  in  intermediate 
French  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  in  the  language  and  for  general  interest  and 
contributions  in  the  dissemination  of  French  culture  and  civilization.  The  award  is  in- 
tended to  encourage  students  on  the  intermediate  level  to  continue  their  studies  in  the 
field  of  French  literature,  and  it  carries  with  its  honor  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a 
handsome  volume,  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  French  culture,  donated  by  the  Cultural 
Services  of  the  French  Embassy  in  New  York. 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same  purpose  and  qualifica- 
tions for  the  student  in  intermediate  Spanish  as  the  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French  has 
for  students  of  that  language.  The  award,  in  addition  to  the  honor  conferred,  consists  of  a 
certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  Spanish 
culture. 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta,  a  national 
society  for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students,  awards  annually  a  certificate  of  merit  to 
the  most  outstanding  member  of  the  society  in  the  graduating  class. 

The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award,  the  Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards,  the  Millsaps 
Players/Haines  Award  for  Scenery,  and  The  Mitchell  Award  are  given  each  year  to  those 
students  who  are  outstanding  in  dramatics. 

Analytical  Chemistry  Award.  This  award  is  sponsored  each  year  by  the  Millsaps 
College  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  American  Chemical  Society,  Division  of 
Analytical  Chemistry,  and  is  awarded  to  the  most  outstanding  undergraduate  in  analytical 
chemistry. 

Awards  in  German.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the  West  German  Federal 
Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  Department  of  German  presents  appropriate 
book  prizes  to  students  showing  excellence  in  the  German  language  and  literature. 

29 


The  Beta  Beta  Beta  Award.  The  Beta  Beta  Beta  Chapter  recognizes  annually  an 
outstanding  member  of  the  chapter  who  has  demonstrated  scholastic  excellence  and 
outstanding  service  in  the  field  of  biology. 

The  Biology  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually  an  outstanding 
member  of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is  biology. 

The  Biology  Research  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually  a 
biology  major  who  has  won  recognition  in  biology  on  the  basis  of  interest,  scholarship, 
and  demonstration  of  research  potential. 

Black  Students'  Association  Awards.  The  BSA  recognizes  annually  the  outstand- 
ing female  and  male  Black  students  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievements  and  contribu- 
tions to  the  organization. 

The  Bourgeois  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  freshman,  sophomore,  or  junior 
who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for  the  year.  Such  student  must  be  a  candidate  for  a 
degree,  and  must  have  taken  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  of  college  work  during  the 
year  in  which  the  medal  is  awarded  to  him.  No  student  can  win  this  medal  a  second  time. 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology.  This  award  is  given  each  year  to  the 
outstanding  senior  majoring  in  sociology. 

The  Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  for  the  best  sermon  preached  by  a  ministerial 
student  of  Millsaps  College  is  presented  on  Commencement  Sunday.  This  annual  award, 
established  by  the  Galloway  family  in  honor  of  the  late  Bishop  Galloway,  is  a  medal. 

The  Chi  Chi  Chi  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Chi  Chi  Chi,  a  chemistry  honorary, 
each  year  gives  an  award  to  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  in  chemistry. 

Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the  interest  of  women  in 
the  social  sciences,  presents  an  award  of  $25  to  the  girl  having  the  highest  average  for  the 
year  in  the  field  of  history,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  econonics,  or  other 
courses  in  the  social  sciences. 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who  presents  the  best 
and  most  original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course. 

Computer  Science  Award.  The  Computing  Center  presents  an  award  annually  to 
the  student  who  has  the  outstanding  achievement  in  computer  science. 

The  Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  organization  for  his  or  her 
outstanding  contribution  during  the  current  school  year. 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards  are  made  to  the  students  with  the  highest  scholastic 
averages  in  Latin  and  Greek. 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Department  of 
Mathematics  of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding  freshman  in  mathematics. 

The  Founder's  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  senior  who  has  the  highest  quality 
index  for  the  entire  college  course  and  has  received  a  grade  of  Excellent  on  the  com- 
prehensive examination.  Only  students  who  have  done  at  Millsaps  College  all  the  work  re- 
quired for  the  degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents  annually  to  the 
student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  general  chemistry  a  handbook  of  chemistry 
and  physics. 

30 


The  General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  Department  presents  annually  to  the  two 
students  with  the  highest  scholastic  averages  in  general  physics  the  "Handbook  of  Physics 
and  Chemistry." 

The  Henry  and  Katherine  Bellamann  Award  in  the  Creative  Arts  is  a  cash  award 
and  is  intended  to  recognize  the  achievements  of  the  student  doing  the  most  outstanding 
work  in  one  of  the  creative  arts— in  writing,  in  composing,  or  in  one  of  the  graphic  arts. 

The  Lambda  Chi  Alpha  Award  is  given  annually  to  that  faculty  member  who  has 
contributed  most  to  understanding  life  and  ideals  set  forth  by  the  College. 

The  Mathematics  Major  Award  is  made  annually  to  three  majors.  Each  recipient  is 
given  a  year's  membership  in  the  Mathematical  Association  of  America. 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants'  Award,  a  specially 
designed  medal,  is  presented  to  the  student  majoring  in  accountancy  who  has  shown 
superior  achievement  in  accounting  courses. 

The  Pendcrgrass  Medal  is  awarded  at  Commencement  to  the  outstanding  senior 
student  who  plans  to  enter  the  pastoral  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  to 
enter  seminary  to  prepare  for  this  responsibility. 

The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award.  The  Political  Science  Department 
established  the  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  to  be  given  to  the  outstanding  senior 
graduating  in  political  science  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of  excellence  in  academic 
career,  personal  integrity,  and  commitment  to  the  highest  ideals. 

Ross  H.  Moore  History  Award.  This  award  is  given  annually  to  the  outstanding 
senior  history  major  in  recognition  of  Dr.  Moore's  distinguished  service  to  Millsaps  College 
for  more  than  50  years. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  Prize.  The  Schiller  Gesellschaft  offers  an  award  annually  to 
the  graduating  senior  who  is  distinguished  in  the  study  of  German. 

The  Janet  Lynne  Sims  Award  is  a  medal  and  $500  stipend  presented  annually  to  a 
full-time  student  majoring  in  pre-medicine  who  has  completed  four  semesters  of  work. 
Selection  is  made  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence.  The  award  was  established  in  1977 
in  memory  of  Miss  Sims  by  her  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  Stanley  Sims,  and  her  friends. 
Miss  Sims  would  have  been  a  member  of  the  1977-78  freshman  class  at  Millsaps. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member  of  the  graduating  class 
who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural  sciences. 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wall  Street  Journal  of  New 
York  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  majoring  in  the  field  of  economics,  accounting, 
and  administration. 

The  West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  pre-medical  student 
selected  by  the  faculty. 


31 


4 

curriculum 


.•\\-..HHV 


■f-.    ••«"  ■"   ,  I 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

Millsaps  College  requires  a  total  of  124  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of 
Science  and  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degrees,  and  128  hours  for  the 
Bachelor  of  Music  degree. 

1.  Requirements  for  All  Degrees* 

124  hours  (128  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree)  are  required  for  graduation, 
these  to  consist  of 

a.  120  (124  for  the  B.M.  degree)  letter  graded  academic  hours  excluding  activity 
courses  but  including  core  requirements  and  major  requirements.  The  only  ex- 
ception is  that  a  maximum  of  6  hours  in  the  internship  program  may  be  graded 
on  a  credit/non-credit  basis. 

b.  a  minimum  of  1  hour  of  a  Physical  Education  activity  course  graded  by  either  let- 
ter grade  or  on  a  credit/non-credit  basis. 

c.  a  minimum  of  3  additional  hours  graded  by  either  letter  grade  or  on  a  credit/non- 
credit  basis. 

('Effective  August  24,  1979) 

2.  Core  Requirements  for  All  Degrees: 

MAN  AND  HIS  CULTURE 

Literature 6  Hours 

English  201-202  or  World  Literature  203-204 

Fine  ^••- 1 3  Hours 

Art  101-102,  104-105,  210,  220,  230,  201-202,  320 
Music  101-102,  111-112,  121-122,  215,  251-252 
Theatre  103-104 

Religion  and/or  Philosophy 6  Hours 

Any  religion  or  philosophy  course  for  which  the 
student  qualifies  (3  hours  of  which  must  be  in 
Religion) . 

MAN  AND  HIS  WORLD 

Laboratory  Science 6  Hours 

Biology  101-102*,  111-112,  121-122 
Chemistry  101-102',  121-123,  122-124 
Geology  101-102 

Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152 
('Courses  not  applicable  towards  a  B.S.  degree) 

Mathematics 6  Hours 

A  minimum  requirement  of: 

Mathematics  103-104"  for  the  B.A.  and  B.M.  degree 
Mathematics  115-116  for  the  B.S.  degree  (8  hours) 
Mathematics  103-104  or  115-116  for  the  B.B.A.  degree 
("Mathematics  105-106  may  substitute  for  103-104 
for  elementary  education  majors.  Credit  cannot 
be  allowed  for  both  Mathematics  103  and  115.) 

34 


MAN  AND  HIS  SOCIETY 

Historical  Man  (Person) 6  Hours 

History  101-102,  World  History,  Ancient  History 

Economics,  Political  Science,  Psychology  and  Sociology 6  Hours 

Any  course  in  the  disciplines  of  anthropology, 
economics,  political  science,  psychology  and 
sociology  for  which  the  student  qualifies  (excludes 
Economics  201,  303,  and  361  for  administration  and  finance 
majors  and  Economics  201  for  accounting  majors). 

Physical  Education 2  Hours 

ENGLISH  COMPOSITION 
All  freshmen  are  required  to  take  one  of  the  three  programs  in  English  composition, 
i.e.,  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105,  except  those  who  have  made  scores  of  5  or  4  on 
the  Advanced  Placement  Examination  of  the  CEEB 3-6  Hours 

HERITAGE  PROGRAM 

Heritage,  an  interdisciplinary  program  designed  for  freshmen,  fulfills  the  following  re- 
quirements: 

Literature  (6  Hours) 

Fine  Arts  (3  Hours) 

Religions  (3  Hours) 

Philosophy  (3  Hours) 

History  (6  Hours) 

3.  Additional  Requirements  for  Bachelor  of  Arts  eind 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degrees: 

Proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level  (202)  of  a 

foreign  language 6-12  Hours 

Philosophy 3  Hours 

4.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree: 

Two  additional  one-year  courses  in  the  natural  sciences  to 

be  chosen  from:  * 

Biology  111-112,  121,  122 8  Hours 

Chemistry  121-123,  122-124 8  Hours 

Geology  101-102 6  Hours 

Mathematics  223-224,  225-226 6-10  Hours 

Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152 8  Hours 

(#The  distribution  of  the  total  science  require- 
ment for  the  B.S.  degree  must  include  courses 
in  three  disciplines  from  the  above  list.) 

5.  Additioneil  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
\Business  Administration  Degree*: 

\    Accounting  281-282 6  Hours 

Administration  221,  275  and  271  or  Accounting  272 9  Hours 

Economics  201 3  Hours 

(*A  grade  of  C  or  better  for  each  course  is  required.  The  B.B.A. 

degree  is  available  to  administration  and  finance  and  to  accounting  majors 

only. 

6.  Art,  Music,  and  Education  Credit: 

The  maximum  number  of  hours  that  will  be  accepted  in  art,  music,  and  education  ap- 
plied toward  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  is  as  follows:  art,  forty-two  hours;  music,  forty-two 
hours;  education,  forty-two  hours. 

35 


7.    Residence  Requirements: 

One  year  of  residence  is  required  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  and  30  of  the  last  36 
hours  of  academic  work  must  be  done  in  residence.  The  two  exceptions  allowed  to  this 
rule  are:  (1)  students  who  have  been  approved  for  the  prescribed  pre-medical 
technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26  hours  at  the  affiliated  institution  and  (2) 
students  leaving  to  enter  graduate  or  professional  school  may  transfer  back  the  final  26 
hours  of  work.  In  this  latter  case,  however,  residence  will  be  required  at  Millsaps  for  the  se- 
cond semester  of  the  junior  year  and  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year. 

Three  summer  sessions  will  be  considered  as  equivalent  to  the  one  year  of  residence 
required. 


8.    English  Proficiency  Requirement: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  each  student  is  required  to  demonstrate  profi- 
ciency in  English  composition  and  usage  by  passing  an  examination  given  by  the  English 
Department.  It  consists  of  a  500-word  essay  written  extempore  within  two  and  one-half 
hours  on  a  subject  selected  from  a  list  furnished  at  the  examination.  Students  who  made 
grades  of  A  or  B  on  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105  at  Millsaps  are  exempted  from  this 
requirement. 

The  examination  is  given  by  the  English  Department  at  two  stated  times  in  the 
academic  year.  The  regular  administration  is  on  the  second  Thursday  in  November  from  4 
to  6:30  p.m.  in  Sullivan-Harrell  Hall.  A  special  administration  of  the  examination  is  given 
on  the  second  Thursday  in  March  from  4  to  6:30  p.m.  in  Murrah  Hall  to  seniors  who 
hope  to  graduate  but  who  have  not  passed  the  Junior  English  Proficiency  Examination. 
Seniors  who  fail  the  special  examination  and  who  think  they  have  compelling  cause  may 
petition  the  Academic  Dean  for  an  extraordinary  administration  of  the  examination  in  the 
Summer  Session  following.  If  the  Dean  grants  the  petition,  he  may  also  stipulate  that  the 
student  must  audit  English  101-102  during  the  Summer  Session. 

All  rising  juniors,  transfer  students  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels,  and  seniors  who 
failed  the  examination  in  their  junior  year  must  be  present  for  the  November  administra- 
tion of  the  proficiency  examination. 

Each  student  who  fails  the  examination  in  November  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the 
English  Department  for  remedial  instruction. 


9.    Majors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must  major  in 
one  of  the  following  areas:  Art,  Biology,  Chemistry,  Economics,  Accounting,  Administra- 
tion, Education,  English,  Finance,  Geology,  German,  History,  Mathematics,  Music, 
Philosophy,  Physics,  Political  Science,  Psychology,  Religion,  Romance  Languages, 
Theatre,  Sociology  and  Anthropology. 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  department 
of  instruction. 

Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after  careful  consideration  and 
with  the  consent  of  the  head  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  by  one  of  the  department  heads  not  later 
than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  Three  cards  will  be  signed  by  the  major  professor  to 
show  approval  of  the  choice  of  a  major;  and  these  cards  will  be  kept  on  file,  two  in  the 
Registrar's  Office,  and  one  with  the  major  professor. 

No  junior  or  senior  registration  will  be  accepted  as  complete  by  the  Registrar's  Office 
without  the  signed  approval  of  the  major  professor. 
36 


10.  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  must  pass  a  satisfactory  comprehen- 
sive examination  in  his  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given  in  the  senior  year 
and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than  a  single  course  or  series  of 
courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  to  coordinate  the  class  work 
with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a  way  as  to  relate  the  knowledge  acquired 
and  give  the  student  a  general  understanding  of  the  field  which  could  not  be  acquired 
from  individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part  written  and 
part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  members  of  the 
department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  conducted  by  a  committee  com- 
posed of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by  the  department,  one  or  more 
members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or  other  qualified  persons. 

A  student  may  take  the  comprehensive  exmaination  only  if  the  courses  in  which  (s)he 
has  credit  and  in  which  (s)he  is  currently  enrolled  are  those  which  fulfill  the  requirements 
in  the  major  department.  (S)he  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring  semester  if  he  will 
be  within  18  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester.  The  examination  will  be 
given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the  other  requirements  and  who  will 
not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring  semester. 

The  time  of  the  comprehensive  examination  given  in  the  spring  semester  is  the  last 
week  in  April  of  each  year.  Comprehensive  examinations  will  not  be  given  during  the 
summer  except  by  permission  of  the  Dean.  Those  who  fail  a  comprehensive  examination 
may  have  an  opportunity  to  take  another  examination  after  the  lapse  of  two  months.  Ad- 
ditional examinations  may  be  taken  at  the  discretion  of  the  chairman  of  the  student's 
major  department  with  the  consent  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

11.  Qusility  Index  Required: 

A  minimum  of  240  quality  points  is  required  for  the  B.A.  and  B.S.  degrees;  248  for 
the  B.M.  degree.  An  over-all  quality  point  index  of  2.00  is  required  of  all  students. 
Transfer  students  must  have  at  least  a  quality  point  index  of  2.00  on  their  Millsaps  work. 
The  index  is  always  calculated  on  total  number  of  academic  hours  attempted;  however, 
an  exception  to  the  rule  of  hours  attempted  is  allowed  in  instances  where  courses  are 
repeated  at  Millsaps  beginning  with  the  second  semester  of  the  academic  year  1972-73 
and  thereafter  for  purposes  of  raising  grades. 

12.  Application  for  a  Degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a  written  applica- 
tion for  the  degree  by  November  1  of  the  academic  year  of  graduation.  This  date  will  app- 
ly also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  summer  school.  Forms  for  degree 
applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the  Piegistrar's  Office. 

13.  Requirements  for  Second  Degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must  have  thirty  ad- 
ditional semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  124  semester  hours  required  for  the  first 
degree  and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of  the  requirements  for  both  the 
second  degree  and  the  second  major. 

14.  Required  Sequence  of  Courses  for  All  Regular  Students: 

Freshmen  students  shall  enroll  in  the  appropriate  course  in  English  composition 
(unless  exempt  by  examination)  and  in  at  least  one  other  prescribed  course  as  listed  in  the 
Core  Curriculum  or  The  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

Sophomore  students  shall  enroll  in  at  least  two  prescribed  courses  as  listed  in  the 
Core  Curriculum  or  The  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

37 


Enrollment  in  the  required  language  courses  will  begin  not  later  than  the  first  semester 
of  the  junior  year.  It  is  recommended  that  language  be  started  in  the  freshman  or 
sophomore  year.  Those  freshmen  who,  by  virtue  of  previous  study,  plan  to  satisfy  the 
language  requirement  taking  courses  at  the  intermediate  level  only,  are  strongly  advised 
to  begin  such  courses  in  the  freshman  year  while  their  experience  in  the  language  chosen 
is  recent. 


PRE-MEDICAL  AND  PRE-DENTAL 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult  the 
catalogs  of  the  schools  to  which  they  wish  to  apply  for  their  specific  requirements.  The 
following  courses  are  required  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  121-122.. 8  hrs.  Mathematics  115-116 8  hrs. 

Chemistry  121-123,  122-124.  .  .    8  hrs.  Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition 

Chemistry  231-233,  232-234 ...  10  hrs.  to  151-152 8  hrs. 

English  101-102 6  hrs. 

The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory  Commit- 
tee (Berry,  Beardsley,  Saunders,  Venator,  McKeown)  in  designing  a  program  that  will  fit 
particular  needs,  background,  and  interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  many  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recommend  that  the 
student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  interest.  This  catalog  should  be  con- 
sulted elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  requirements.  Millsaps  and  most  medical 
and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend  that  the  student  develop  a  sound 
background  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

The  student  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or  dental 
school  catalog  are  minimal  but  that  (s)he  should  obtain  maximum  preparation.  In  general, 
the  student  who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by  performance  in  introductory  col- 
lege courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work  in  that  science  to  prepare  adequately.  The  stu- 
dent should  also  utilize  limited  time  in  taking  courses  that  will  not  be  available  during  pro- 
fessional training.  The  following  courses  are  recommended  as  electives  by  many  medical 
and  dental  schools. 


Biology  (251,  301,  381,  383,  391  or  315) 
■  Chemistry  (251-252,  264-266  or  363-365,  364-366) 
'  English  (201-202) 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 
.  Foreign  Language  (reading  knowledge) 
.  History  (101-102) 
.  Mathematics  (223-224  or  225-226) 
.   Philosophy 

.    Physics  (301,  306,  311,  315,  or  316) 
•  Psychology 
-  Sociology 

The  Heritage  Program  (see  page  21).  This  program  gives  the  student  a  more  flexible 
schedule  and  time  to  take  additional  courses  of  interest  and  need. 

38 


PREPARATION  FOR  MINISTRY 

A  Program  for  students  planning  for  or  interested  in  exploring  a  form  of 
professional  Christian  ministry 

Millsaps  College  has  enjoyed  a  tradition  of  close  involvement  with  students  from  all 
denominations  and  faiths — particularly  from  The  United  Methodist  Church— whose  voca- 
tional goal  or  interest  was  a  form  of  professional  Christian  ministry.  The  Preparation  for 
Ministry  Program  is  designed  to  offer  a  wide  variety  of  experiences  for  persons  who  have 
decided  on  or  would  like  to  explore  some  form  of  Christian  ministry  as  a  personal  voca- 
tion. The  specific  purposes  of  the  program  are  as  follows: 

a.  To  encourage  personal  growth  in  relation  to  self  and  other  persons. 

b.  To  explore  meanings  and  forms  of  ministry  and  to  encourage  openness  to  the 
many  ways  that  the  Christian  Gospel  speaks  to  human  beings  and  their  worlds. 

c.  To  keep  students  closely  in  touch  with  the  resources  and  personnel  of  their 
denomination  or  faith,  and  to  serve  as  a  liaison  with  key  administrative  persons  of 
these  bodies. 

d.  To  support  students  who  wish  to  explore  some  form  of  professional  ministry  as  a 
possibility  for  themselves. 

e.  To  assist  students  in  developing  a  vision  for  their  own  ministry. 

f.  To  involve  students  in  various  types  of  competency  training  relevant  to  profes- 
sional ministry 

g.  To  provide  a  supportive,  encouraging  community  for  students  planning  for  or  in- 
terested in  professional  ministry. 

The  Preparation  for  Ministry  Program  provides  a  basic  link  between  the  college  and 
the  conference/diocese/presbytery  or  other  structure  to  which  a  student  is  responsible.  In 
the  case  of  United  Methodists,  the  Program  is  a  supplement  to  the  Candidacy  Program. 
This  Program  is  also  a  clearinghouse  for  student  employment  in  various  capacities  in  con- 
gregations or  church  agencies.  Participation  by  United  Methodist  students  is  obligatory  for 
receiving  the  ministerial  grant. 

The  following  is  the  format  for  the  program  on  a  four-year  basis: 

First  Year:  Exploration  of  personal  motivations  for  professional  ministry  through  a 
variety  of  personal  interviews,  group  sessions  and  programs;  building  relationships  with 
other  participants;  exploring  meanings  and  forms  of  ministry  through  interviews,  pro- 
grams and  field  trips. 

Second  Year:  Personal  growth  experiences  through  two  weekend  personal  growth 
seminars  (one  each  semester)  focused  on  self-development,  assessment  of  style  of  work- 
ing with  people  and  interpersonal  relations,  with  continuing  emphasis  on  the  develop- 
ment of  one's  personal  vision  of  ministry,  and  with  optional  personal  growth  experiences 
growing  out  of  these  seminars;  experiences  designed  to  expose  students  to  working  situa- 
tions (church  school  classes,  youth  ministry  programs,  etc.);  training  in  knowledge  and 
skills  for  particular  tasks,  with  options  according  to  previous  experiences  and  interests,  in 
areas  such  as  education,  music,  youth  ministry,  group  dynamics,  planning  process,  and 
other  areas  to  be  designated  as  the  need  arises. 

Third  Year:  Internships  to  be  developed  in  consultation  with  the  student  in  order  to  fit 
his  or  her  interest.  (Internships  will  carry  academic  credit  in  the  Department  of  Religion 
and  will  include  careful  goal-setting,  supervision  and  reflection);  consultations  as  prepara- 
tion for  seminary  choice  and  enrollment. 

Fourth  Year:  Further  skill  training;  seminar  based  on  personal  growth,  need  assess- 
ment and  goal  setting. 

39 


Special  arrangements  will  be  made  for  persons  who  transfer  in  after  the  first  or  second 
years  of  their  college  work  and  for  persons  with  special  circumstances. 

The  coordinator  for  the  Preparation  of  Ministry  Program  will  be  the  Chaplain  to  the 
College,  assisted  by  the  Department  of  Religion  and  two  pre-seminary  students.  These 
persons  will  work  with  an  advisory  committee  which  will  include  the  Deans  of  Students, 
the  Academic  Dean,  the  Director  of  Church  Relations,  representatives  of  the  Supervising 
Pastors  of  the  two  United  Methodist  conferences  in  Mississippi,  representatives  of 
denominations  or  faiths  other  than  United  Methodist,  chairpersons  of  the  Boards  of  Or- 
dained Ministry  and  other  students  who  are  interested  in  or  planning  for  some  form  of 
professional  Christian  ministry.  All  incoming  students  who  will  receive  the  ministerial  grant 
or  who  would  like  to  explore  Christian  ministry  as  a  personal  vocation  may  secure  a  flyer 
and  enroll  in  the  Program  in  the  Department  of  Religion  or  the  Office  of  the  Chaplain. 

PRELAW 

No  particular  major  or  sequence  of  courses  is  necessary  for  students  planning  to  go  to 
law  school;  there  is  no  ideal  pre-law  program  for  all  students.  To  do  well  in  the  study  of 
law,  a  student  should  possess 

(a)  ability  to  communicate  effectively  and  precisely; 

(b)  critical  understanding  of  the  human  institutions  with  which  the  law  deals; 

(c)  creative  power  in  thinking. 

Different  students  may  obtain  the  desired  training  in  these  three  areas  from  different 
courses.  Therefore,  students  should  consult  with  their  faculty  or  major  advisers  and  with 
the  pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses  that  will  best  fit  particular  needs, 
background,  and  interests.  The  student  with  a  pre-law  interest  should  consult  the  pre-law 
adviser,  Mr.  Adams,  from  time  to  time. 

PRE-SOCIAL  WORK 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  social  work  should  plan  a 
broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences.  Introductory  courses 
in  Sociology,  Psychology  and  Social  Work  are  essential.  Other  courses  which  are  strongly 
recommended  include  Social  Problems,  Theories  of  Personality  and  Social  Psychology. 
Internships  can  provide  valuable  practical  experience  with  community  social  welfare  agen- 
cies. Students  are  urged  to  consult  with  their  faculty  advisers  to  plan  a  schedule. 

EDUCATIONAL  CERTIFICATION  PROGRAMS 

TEACHER  EDUCATION 

A  placement  bureau  for  teachers  is  maintained  under  the  direction  of  the  Department 
of  Education.  It  seeks  to  further  the  interests  of  teachers  educated  at  Millsaps  College  and 
to  be  of  service  to  school  officials  who  wish  to  secure  able  teachers. 

Millsaps  offers  a  major  in  elementary  education  at  two  levels:  kindergarten  through 
the  third  grade;  fourth  through  the  eighth  grade.  Students  may  choose  to  certify  in  both 
levels. 

A  major  in  secondary  education  is  not  offered;  the  student  desirous  of  secondary  cer- 
tification is  required  to  major  in  some  department  other  than  Education.  For  endorsement 
to  teach,  the  student  must  take  certain  specified  courses  in  general  education,  specified 
courses  in  a  major  field,  and  specified  courses  in  education. 

State  requirements  for  teaching  certificates  are  quite  detailed  and  specific,  and 
students  must  take  the  exact  courses  specified.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  at  both 
the  elementary  and  secondary  levels  to  coordinate  courses  for  certification  to  teach  with 
requirements  for  graduation  from  Millsaps. 

40 


At  all  levels  students  have  an  opportunity  to  do  laboratory  work  in  both  public  and 
private  schools. 

The  courses  listed  below  are  specific  courses  required  to  qualify  the  Class  A  Elemen- 
tary Certificate  and  the  Class  A  Secondary  Certificate. 


ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

a.  Minimum  general  education  requirements  for  certification  in  grades  K-3  and  4-8  are 
as  follows: 

Sem.  Hrs. 

English 12 

Science 12 

Biological  Science 3  sem.  hrs. 

Physical  Science  (earth  science,  chemistry,  physics, 

astronomy,  geology,  space  science,  etc.) 3  sem.  hrs. 

The  other  6  hrs.  may  be  either  physical  or 
biological  science 

Social  Studies 12 

American  or  World  History 6  sem.  hrs. 

Child  or  Adolescent  Psychology 3 

Educational  Psychology 3 

Mathematics 6 

The  structure  of  the  real  number  system 

and  its  sub-systems 3  sem.  hrs. 

Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  and  Informal  Geometry 3  sem.  hrs. 

Personal   Hygiene 3 

Speech 3 

Total 48 

b.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  K-3: 

Child    Psychology 3 

Child  Development 3 

Educational  Psychology 3 

Measurement  and  Evaluation 3 

Math  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Reading  in  the  Elementary  School 6 

Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (including  its 

nature  and  structure) 3 

Literature  K-3 3 

Science  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Music  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Art  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Early  Childhood  Education 3 

Student  Teaching 6 

c.  One  area  of  concentration  selected  from  the  following  list  will  be  obtained:  (This  area 
may  include  the  hours  earned  in  general  education  and  specialized  education.) 

English  (English  397  is  required  for  this  concentration) 18 

Science  (Education  320  will  count  toward  this  concentration) 18 

Social  Studies  (Credit  in  philosophy,  psychology,  or  religion  will  not  be 

accepted  toward  this  concentration;  however,  Education  321  is  accept- 
able)  18 

41 


Mathematics  (Education  211  will  count  toward  this  concentration) 12 

Library  Science 15 

Reading 12 

Speech 12 

Art 15 

Music  (Credit  in  choir  will  not  count  toward  this  concentration) 12 

Health  and  Physical  Education  (Credit  in  activity  courses  will  not  count 

toward  this  concentration) 15 

Exceptional  Children 12 

d.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  4-8: 

Adolescent  Psychology 3 

Educational  Psychology 3 

Measurement  and  Evaluation 3 

Math  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (including  its 

nature  and  structure) 6 

Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (including  its 

nature  and  structure) 3 

Literature  4- Junior  High  School 3 

Science  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Music  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Art  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Principles  of  Elementary  Education 3 

Student  Teaching 6 

e.  Two  areas  of  concentration  selected  from  the  previously  enumerated  list  will  be  at- 
tained. 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Sem.  Hrs. 

English 12 

Fine  Arts  (Any  course  in  art  or  music  will  meet  this  requirement) 3 

Personal  Hygiene 3 

Science 12 

6  sem.  hours  in  biological  science 

6  sem.  hours  in  physical  science 

Mathematics 3 

Social  Studies 12 

American  or  World  History  or  both 6  sem.  hr. 

Adolescent  Psychology 3 

Educational  Psychology 3 

Speech  3 

Professional  Education: 

a.  Educational  Psychology 3 

b.  Human  Growth  and  Development  of  Adolescent  Psychology 3 

c.  Principles  of  Teaching  in  High  School 3 

d.  Secondary  Methods  Course  Related  to  Teaching  Field 3 

'e.  Directed  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Field 6 

Total 18 


'Three  years  of  teaching  experience  in  the  secondary  field  (grades  7-12)  may  be  sub- 
stituted in  lieu  of  Directed  Teaching,  but  the  applicant  must  have  a  total  of  18  semester 
hours  of  professional  education. 

42 


Specific  courses  which  must  be  included  for  certification  in  a  major  field  are: 

English 

English  301  or  302,  365  or  366  or  350,  397.  Thirty  semester  hours  are  required 
for  endorsement,  of  which  three  hours  may  be  in  Speech. 

Foreign  Language 

Completion  of  the  major  requirements  in  any  language  will  more  than  satisfy  the  re- 
quirements for  teaching  that  language.  It  is  recommended  that  the  student  also  take 
two  years  of  a  second  language. 

Mathematics 

Twenty-four  semester  hours  are  required  for  endorsement.  Fifteen  hours  must  in- 
clude algebra,  trigonometry,  analytic  geometry,  and  calculus,  six  hours  of  which 
must  be  in  calculus.  Nine  hours  must  include  two  of  the  following  areas:  abstract 
algebra,  modern  geometry,  foundations  of  mathematics,  probability  and  statistics. 

Music 

Students  planning  to  teach  music  in  the  public  schools  should  confer  with  the  chair- 
man of  the  Music  Department. 

Science 

Biological  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  science,  including  16  semester  or  24  quarter  hours  in  biology, 

including  botany  and  zoology 
Chemistry: 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including  16  semester  hours  in  chemistry 
Physics: 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including  16  semester  hours  in  physics 
Earth  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  science,  with  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in  earth 

sciences  (Geology,  Meteorology,  Astronomy) 
General  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  any  sciences.  An  endorsement  to  teach  General  Science  must 

include  the  following: 

Sem.  Hrs. 

Earth  and  Space  Science 3 

Chemistry 3 

Physics 3 

Combined  Science  (biology,  chemistry,  and  physics): 

Biological  Science  (including  Botany) 16 

Chemistry 16 

Physics 16 

(A  maximum  of  8  semester  hours  in  mathematics  may  be  applied  toward  meeting  the 

endorsement  requirement  in  physics.) 

Social  Studies 

Forty-five  hours  are  required  for  endorsement,  exclusive  of  religion,  psychology,  or 
philosophy.  History  101-102  or  Heritage  201-202;  History  308;  three  hours  in 
sociology  and  six  hours  each  in  economics,  political  science,  and  geography.  Elec- 
tives  should  be  chosen  to  apply  toward  a  major  in  history,  economics,  sociology,  or 
political  science. 

43 


Speech 

Twenty-four  semester  hours.  A  maximum  of  6  semester  hours  will  be  accepted  from 
English.  Other  courses  to  include: 

Sem.  Hrs. 

Speech  Fundamentals 3 

Public    Speaking 3 

Oral  Interpretation 3 

Dramatics 3 

Electives 12 

Total 24 


COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

ENGINEERING 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested  in 
engineering. 

3-2  Engineering  B.S.  Program:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  four 
engineering  schools— Columbia  University,  Georgia  Tech,  Vanderbilt  University  and 
Washington  University — by  which  a  student  may  attend  Millsaps  for  three  years  for  a  total 
of  96  hours  or  more  and  then  continue  work  at  any  of  the  schools  listed  above,  trans- 
ferring back  32  hours  or  less  for  a  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  year 
receive  the  engineering  degree  from  the  engineering  school. 

4-2  Master's  Program  in  Engineering:  Columbia  University  also  has  a  4-2  program 
in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years  completing  degree  requirements  and 
then  spends  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a  master's  degree  in  engineering. 

The  Combined  Plan  Program  offers  degrees  in  Aerospace  Science  and  Engineering, 
Civil  Engineering,  Computer  Science,  Electrical  Engineering,  Engineering  Mechanics,  En- 
vironmental Science  and  Engineering,  Industrial  and  Management  Engineering, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  Mining  Engineering,  Nuclear  Engineering,  Ocean  Engineering, 
Applied  Geophysics,  Engineering  Mathematics,  Applied  Physics,  Flight  Science,  Materials 
Science,  Operations  Research,  Plasma  Physics,  Solid  State  Science,  Bioengineering, 
Chemical  Engineering,  Chemical  Metallurgy,  Metallurgical  Engineering,  Mineral 
Engineering,  Engineering  Biology,  Applied  Chemistry,  and  Materials  Science. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  of  Georlga  Institute  of  Technology  offers  degrees  in 
Aerospace,  Ceramic,  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  Industrial,  Mechanical,  Nuclear,  and 
Textile  Engineering.  In  addition,  degrees  are  offered  in  Economic  Systems,  Engineering 
Science,  Textile  Chemistry,  Textiles,  Applied  Biology,  Chemistry,  Information  and  Com- 
puter Science,  Applied  Mathematics,  Physics,  Applied  Psychology,  Behavioral  Manage- 
ment, Economics,  General  Management,  Industrial  Management,  and  Management 
Science. 

Vanderbilt  University  offers  bachelor  of  engineering  degrees  in  Chemical,  Civil,  Elec- 
trical, and  Mechanical  Engineering. 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three  year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  schools  of 
medical  technology.  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary  science  and 
mathematics  courses,  but  also  courses  in  history,  fine  arts,  sociology,  composition, 
literature,  and  other  courses  which  insure  a  liberal  arts  experience  for  premedical 
technology  students. 

44 


Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of  medical 
technology  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying  board  recognized  by  the 
American  Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists,  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital  Association  and  other 
authorizative  medical  groups. 

The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years  at  Millsaps 
College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least  the  third  year  spent 
in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital.  The  student  must  com- 
plete the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Students  enrolled  in  approved  schools  of  medical  technology  may  transfer  back  the 
final  26  hours  of  work.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  completing  the 
requirements  of  128  semester  hours  for  graduation.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded  at  the 
first  commencement  exercise  following  the  completion  of  the  medical  technology  training. 

Medical  technology  students  who  wish  to  complete  four  years  of  college  may  secure 
the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  technology. 

MEDICAL  RECORD  LIBRARIAN 

Students  may  obtain  bacceilaureate  degree  training  in  the  Medical  Record  Librarian 
Program  at  Millsaps  College  and  at  an  approved  institution.  The  correlated  program  of  in- 
struction covers  each  phase  of  medical  record  practice. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  affiliations  with  institutions  with  certificate  training  in 
medical  record  practice  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and 
Hospitals  of  the  American  Medical  Association  and  the  American  Medical  Record 
Association. 

The  medical  record  librarian  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years  at 
Millsaps  College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least  the  third 
year  spent  in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital.  The  student 
must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology.  The 
courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  completing  the  requirements  of  124  semester 
hours  for  graduation.  A  satisfactory  grade  on  the  examination  for  registration  by  the 
American  Medical  Record  Association  as  a  registered  medical  record  librarian  (RRL)  is  ac- 
cepted in  lieu  of  the  departmental  oral  comprehensive  examination.  The  B.S.  degree  is 
awarded  at  the  first  commencement  following  the  completion  of  the  mediccil  record 
librarian  training  and  passing  for  the  registry  examination. 

Medical  record  librarian  students  who  wish  to  complete  four  years  of  college  may 
secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  record 
training. 

SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 
The  Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  outstanding  ability  to 
pursue  an  advanced  course  of  study  which  would  ordinarily  not  be  available.  In  the  spring 
of  their  junior  year  honors  students  participate  in  an  inter-disciplinary  colloquium  which 
intensively  examines  a  topic  of  broad  interest.  In  the  senior  year,  students  carry  out  a 
research  project  on  a  subject  of  their  choice.  This  thesis  is  presented  before  a  panel  of 
faculty  members  at  the  end  of  the  senior  year.  Students  successfully  completing  all  phases 
of  the  Honors  Program  receive  the  designation  "with  honors"  in  their  major  subject  at 
graduation.  Students  interested  in  participating  in  the  Honors  Program  should  consult 
with  their  advisers  in  the  fall  of  their  junior  year. 

45 


The  Oak  Ridge  Science  Semester 

Under  this  program,  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Southern  College  University  Union  and 
by  the  Energy  Research  and  Development  Administration ,  a  Millsaps  student  may  spend 
the  spring  semester  of  the  junior  or  senior  year  studying  and  doing  research  at  Oak  Ridge 
National  Laboratory,  Oak  Ridge,  Tennessee.  A  full  semester's  academic  credit  is  nor- 
mally eeirned.  The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  pur- 
pose of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 


The  Washington  Semester 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American  Univer- 
sity, Washington,  D.C.,  Millsaps  College,  and  other  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United 
States  to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior  students  in  the  field  of  the 
social  sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct  contact  with  the  work  of  governmental 
departments  and  other  national  and  international  agencies  that  are  located  in 
Washington,  thus  acquainting  the  students  with  possible  careers  in  public  service  and  im- 
parting a  knowledge  of  government  in  action. 

Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  the  par- 
ticipating colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  may  earn  fifteen  hours 
toward  graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Six  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Conference 
Seminar,  in  which  high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and  government  meet  with  students. 
Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Research  Course  which  entails  the  writing  of  a  paper 
by  utilizing  the  resources  available  only  at  the  nation's  capital.  The  remainder  of  a 
student's  course  load  constitutes  electives  which  are  taken  from  the  normal  offerings  of 
American  University.  In  Washington  the  program  is  coordinated  by  faculty  members  of 
The  American  University. 

Millsaps  will  ordinarily  send  two  students  in  each  spring  semester.  These  will  be  either 
juniors  or  first  semester  seniors  and  will  be  selected  by  a  faculty  committee  in  November  of 
each  year.  Exceptionally  well-qualified  sophomores  are  occasionally  accepted. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 


The  United  Nations  Semester 

A  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  in  Madison,  New  Jersey,  enables 
Millsaps  political  science  majors  to  spend  a  semester  making  a  first-hand  study  of  the  work 
of  the  United  Nations.  Participants  may  earn  fifteen  hours  of  credit  toward  graduation. 
Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  which  meets  two  days  of  each 
week  in  the  United  Nations  Plaza.  Members  of  the  Secretariat,  delegates,  and  special 
agency  representatives  often  lead  discussions  in  a  planned  program  of  studies.  Students 
also  earn  three  hours  of  credit  by  engaging  in  an  individual  research  project  on  some 
phase  of  the  United  Nations.  The  remaining  hours  of  credit  are  electives  taken  from  the 
regular  course  offerings  of  Drew's  liberal  arts  college. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 

46 


The  London  Semester 

Another  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  gives  upperclass  political  science 
majors  the  opportunity  to  study  in  London,  England,  for  a  semester.  Fifteen  hours  of 
credit  are  earned  in  the  social  sciences,  with  primary  emphasis  on  political  science.  The 
faculty,  including  a  resident  director  from  Drew,  includes  members  of  the  faculty  of  the 
London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  Oxford  University,  Leeds  University, 
and  other  outstanding  schools.  Students  live  in  a  residential  hotel  in  the  heart  of  London. 
Provision  is  made  for  an  optional  pre-Fall  or  post-Spring  tour  of  the  Continent  at  a  modest 
cost. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 


Legislative  Intern  Program 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science  students  may 
participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe  the  state  law-making 
process.  Students  serve  as  aides  to  legislators  and  legislative  committees,  performing  a 
variety  of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking  up  bills.  Students  also  take  part  in  a 
seminar  with  other  interns  to  examine  the  legislative  process.  See  Political  Science  452. 


Public  Administration  Internship 

With  the  cooperation  of  city,  state  and  federal  agencies,  students  who  have  had  the 
introductory  public  administration  course  may  be  placed  in  middle  management  level 
positions. 


Study  Abroad  Programs 

Millsaps  College  maintains  cooperative  arrangements  with  the  Junior  Year  Abroad 
program  at  the  Institute  for  American  Universities  at  Aix-en-Provence,  in  France,  and  with 
the  British  Studies  at  Oxford  summer  study  program.  Other  study  abroad  programs  are 
available  in  most  countries  of  Western  Europe  as  well  as  in  Latin  America.  Students  in- 
terested in  receiving  college  credit  for  such  study  may  receive  information  concerning 
these  programs  from  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department  or  from  the  Academic 
Dean. 


Cooperative  Programs 

With  the  permission  of  the  Associate  Dean  and  the  chairman  of  the  department  in- 
volved, full-time  students  in  Millsaps  College  may  enroll  for  certain  courses  at  either 
Belhaven  College  or  Tougaloo  College  without  additional  fees.  Belhaven  College  is 
located  a  few  blocks  east  of  the  Millsaps  campus.  Tougaloo  College  is  eight  miles  north,  at 
the  edge  of  Jackson. 

These  cooperative  arrangements  afford  an  opportunity  for  students  to  enroll  in 
courses  either  not  offered  at  Millsaps  College  or  not  scheduled  during  the  appropriate 
semester  or  at  an  acceptable  class  hour. 

47 


Economics— Accounting— Finance— Administration  Intern  Programs 

Students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training  and  practical  ex- 
perience through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program  involves  prominent 
regional  and  national  business  organizations  and  an  agency  of  the  federal  government. 
The  student's  training  is  conducted  and  supervised  by  competent  management  personnel 
according  to  a  predetermined  agenda  of  activities.  Evaluation  of  the  student's  participation 
and  progress  provides  the  basis  for  granting  appropriate  academic  credit.  See  offerings 
451-452  in  the  Department  of  Economics,  Accounting  and  Administration. 


Small  Business  Institute 

Students  apply  theory  to  practice  by  consulting  small  business  management  in  the 
area.  The  program  is  sponsored  by  the  Small  Business  Administration  (SB A),  an  agency 
of  the  Federal  Government. 


Millsaps-Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  Cooperative  Program 

Students  at  Millsaps  College,  especially  those  in  the  natural  sciences,  are  permitted  to 
enroll  for  one  or  more  of  the  following  courses  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  as  a 
part  of  their  regular  program  of  studies.  The  Laboratory  is  situated  near  Ocean  Springs, 
180  miles  south  of  Jackson.  Summer  work  at  the  laboratory  provides  first-hand 
knowledge  of  both  marine  and  brackish  water  environments. 

G141       Introduction  to  Marine  Zoology  (ZO  141) ' (4) 

G331       Physical  Marine  Geology  (GEO  331)  * (3) 

G332       Chemical  Marine  Geology  (GEO  332)  * (3) 

G341       Marine  Botany  (BOT  341) ' (4) 

G361A    Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  (ZO  361A)  * (6) 

G361B    Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  II  (ZO  361B)  * (6) 

G362       Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  and  Ichthyology  (ZO  362) ' (6) 

G451       Introduction  to  Physical  &  Chemical  Oceanography  (OCE  451) ' (5) 

G452       Marine  Microbiology  (MIC  452)  * (5) 

G461       Parasites  of  Marine  Animals  (ZO  461) ' (6) 

G463       Estuarine  &  Marsh  Ecology  (ZO  463)  * (6) 

'denotes  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  course  number. 

For  further  information  regarding  these  courses  contact  the  GCRL  coordinators  on 
campus. 


48 


5 

administration 
of  the  curriculum 


GRADES,  HONORS,  CLASS  STANDING 

The  grade  in  any  class  is  determined  by  the  combined  class  standing  and  a  written  ex- 
amination. The  examination  is  approximately  one-third  of  the  grade  for  the  semester. 
"A"  represents  superior  work. 
"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement. 
"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement. 
"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class  below 

the  average  in  the  same  relationship  as  "B"  is  above  the  average. 
"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in  the  other  semester  of  the 

course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that  the  "E"  precedes  the  higher  grade  on  the 

student's  record. 
"F"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class.  All  marks  of  "D"  and 

above  are  passing  marks  and  "F"  represents  failure. 
"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while  passing,  and  "WF" 

means  withdrawal  while  failing. 
"I"  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if  the  work  is  not  completed 

by  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 
"CR"  represents  passing  work  in  a  non  graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not  com- 
puted in  GPA) 
"NC"  represents  no  credit  in  a  non  graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not  computed  in 
GPA) 

Quality  Points 

The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  "D"  shall  entitle  a  student  to  one 
quality  point  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  "C"  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student 
to  two  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  "B"  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a 
student  to  three  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour,  and  a  grade  of  "A"  shall  entitle  a 
student  to  four  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality  point  index  is  determined 
by  dividing  the  total  numer  of  quality  points  by  the  number  of  academic  hours  taken.  The 
change  from  a  3.00  to  a  4.00  quality  point  index  was  made  in  1968. 

Class  Standing 

The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 

For  sophomore  rating 24  hours;    24  quality  points 

For  junior  rating 52  hours;    72  quality  points 

For  senior  rating 90  hours;  144  quality  points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  his/her  status  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall 
semester. 

Student-Status 

Only  students  taking  12  or  more  academic  hours  will  be  classified  as  full-time 
students.  Students  taking  less  than  12  academic  hours  may  not  represent  the  College  in 
extracurricular  activities. 

A  student  who  holds  a  baccalaureate  degree  and  enrolls  for  additional  work  is 
classified  as  a  special  student. 

Credit /No  Credit  Grade  Option 

The  purpose  of  credit/no  credit  grading  is  to  encourage  students  to  take  courses  in 
areas  they  might  not  otherwise  select.  Credit/no  credit  grading  requires  full  participation 
of  the  student  in  all  class  activities.  Credit  signifies  work  of  passing  quality  or  above.  It  will 
not  carry  quality  points  nor  be  included  in  the  G.P.A.  When  grade  option  is  available, 
however,  it  will  be  incumbent  upon  the  student  to  make  the  choice  at  the  time  of  registra- 
tion. Any  change  in  grading  option  must  be  made  within  the  drop-add  period.  (Excep- 
tion: Theatre  activity  may  be  added  later  with  appropriate  approval). 

50 


This  option  is  limited  to  the  following  ACTIVITY  courses*: 

1.  music  ensembles 

2.  theatre  activity  courses 

3.  physical  education  activity  courses 

('An  activity  course  is  defined  as  an  approved,  faculty-supervised  physical,  intellec- 
tual, or  cultural  activity  available  to  the  student  outside  the  regular  classroom  offer- 
ings.) 

Repeat  Courses 

If  a  student  repeats  a  course  previously  taken  at  Millsaps  College,  the  highest  grade 
earned  will  be  used  in  computing  the  quality  point  average.  However,  the  original  grade 
remains  a  part  of  the  record.  This  regulation  applies  only  to  those  courses  taken  originally, 
during,  or  after  second  semester  1972-73  at  Millsaps  College,  and  thereafter. 

Graduation  With  Distinction 

A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  the  entire  course  shall  be  graduated 
CUm  Laude;  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.6  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the 
comprehensive  examination  shall  be  graduated  Magna  Cum  Laude;  and  one  whose 
quality  point  index  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive  ex- 
amination shall  be  graduated  Summa  Cum  Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude  or  Summa  Cum 
Laude,  a  student  must  have  passed  at  least  60  academic  semester  hours  in  Millsaps  Col- 
lege. Distinction  or  special  distinction  may  be  refused  a  student  who,  in  the  judgment  of 
the  faculty,  has  forfeited  the  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction  for  students  who  have 
not  done  all  their  college  work  at  Millsaps,  the  quality  points  earned  on  the  basis  of  grades 
made  at  other  institutions  will  be  considered,  but  the  student  will  be  considered  eligible  on- 
ly if  (s)he  has  the  required  index  both  on  the  work  done  at  Millsaps  and  on  college  courses 
as  a  whole. 

Graduation  With  Honors 

A  full-time  student  with  junior  standing  who  has  an  over-all  quality  point  index  of  3.0 
may  apply  to  the  department  chairman  for  permission  to  declare  as  a  candidate  for 
honors.  Admission  requires  acceptance  by  the  chairman  and  approval  by  the  Honors 
Council.  Entrance  into  the  Honors  Program  becomes  effective  in  the  spring  semester  of 
the  junior  year. 

Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student  admitted  will  in  the 
second  semester  of  the  junior  year  enroll  with  the  honors  adviser  in  a  directed  study  en- 
titled Honors  I  (Colloquium).  Enrollment  in  Honors  II  and  111  (Research)  will  ordinarily 
follow  in  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  of  the  senior  year.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given  for 
each  of  these  courses.  The  three  semesters  of  honors  work  are  intended  to  culminate  in  an 
honors  paper  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and  defended  before  an  examining  board. 

The  first  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors  Colloquium  de- 
signed to  bring  together  for  intellectual  exchange  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  The 
aim  of  the  Honors  Colloquium  is  the  total  involvement  of  good  minds  in  the  exchange  of 
ideas  and  values  centering  around  selected  themes  and  areas  of  investigation  of  mutual  in- 
terest to  all  disciplines.  The  Honors  Colloquium  is  required  of  all  students  in  the  Honors 
Program . 

A  candidate  who  completes  the  honors  work  satisfactorily,  who  presents  and  defends 
the  honors  paper  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0  over-all  quality  point  index,  and  who  has  a 
3.33  index  in  honors  work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors.  A  candidate  who  has  a  3.6 

51 


over-all  quality  point  index,  who  has  4.0  index  in  honors  work  and  and  who  has 
presented  a  superior  honors  paper  will  be  graduated  with  High  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  the  candidacy  for  honors  at  any  time.  Students 
enrolled  in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound  by  the  general  college  rules  for  dropping 
a  course  and  for  receiving  course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be  involuntarily  terminated  at 
any  time  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  honors  adviser  and  with  the  approval  of  the 
Honors  Council. 

Dean's  List 

Those  meeting  these  requirements  are  on  the  Dean's  List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  12  academic  hours  during  the  semester 
on  which  the  scholastic  average  is  based; 

(b)  The  student  must  have  a  quality  point  average  for  the  preceding  semester  of 
3.2; 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  the  preceding  semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in   the  judgment  of  the  deans,  a  good  citizen  of  the 
college  community. 

Hours  Permitted 

Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load  per  semester. 

No  student  may  take  more  than  17  semester  hours  of  academic  work  unless  he  or 
she  has  a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  latest  previous  college  term  or  semester.  No  student 
may  take  more  than  19  semester  hours  unless  he  or  she  has  a  quality  point  index  of  3.00 
on  the  latest  previous  college  term  or  semester  and  obtains  permission  from  the  associate 
dean.  No  student  may  receive  credit  for  more  than  21  hours  in  a  semester  under  any  cir- 
cumstances. In  order  to  be  classified  as  a  full-time  student,  one  must  take  no  fewer  than 
12  semester  hours.  Part-time  students  may  take  a  maximum  of  nine  hours,  or  ten  hours  if 
a  laboratory  course  is  part  of  the  load. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 
Schedule  Changes 

A  freshman  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours  of  laboratory  science  courses  in 
any  one  semester  except  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  student's  official  adviser. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  while  being  enrolled  at 
Millsaps  without  the  written  permission  of  the  Associate  Dean. 

A  student  cannot  change  classes  or  drop  classes  or  take  up  new  classes  except  by  the 
consent  of  the  associate  dean,  the  faculty  adviser,  and  all  faculty  members  concerned. 
Courses  dropped  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester  do  not  appear  on  the  student's 
record.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two  weeks  and  before  the  middle  of  a  semester  are 
recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing)  or  WF  (withdrawn  failing) .  Courses  dropped  after 
the  middle  of  a  semester  are  recorded  as  failures.  If  a  student  drops  a  course  without 
securing  the  required  approvals,  he  or  she  receives  an  F. 

Withdrawal 

A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  within  any  term  must  obtain  permission  from  the 
associate  dean  and  file  a  withdrawal  card.  No  refund  will  be  considered  unless  this  written 
notice  is  procured  and  presented  to  the  Business  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  under  "Financial  Regulations." 
52 


A  student  who  withdraws  with  permission  after  the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester  is 
recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing)  or  WF  (withdrawn  failing)  in  each  course.  A  student 
who  withdraws  without  permission  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  each  course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in  class,  or  any  other  cir- 
cumstance which  prevents  the  student  from  fulfilling  the  purpose  for  which  he  or  she 
should  have  come  to  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student.  In  such  a  case, 
the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdrawing  under 
discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

No  student  who  withdraws  is  entitled  to  a  report  card  or  to  a  transcript  of  credits  until 
he  or  she  has  settled  accounts  in  the  Business  Office. 

Automatic  Exclusion 

To  remain  in  college  a  freshman  must  pass  in  the  first  semester  six  hours  of  academic 
work. 

After  the  first  half  year  a  student  must  pass  at  least  nine  hours  of  academic  work  each 
semester  to  continue  in  college. 

Furthermore,  the  maximum  number  of  semesters  a  student  may  be  on  academic  pro- 
bation without  automatic  exclusion  is  two. 

Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic  failure  may  petition 
in  writing  for  readmission,  but  such  petition  will  not  be  granted  unless  convincing  evidence 
is  presented  that  the  failure  was  due  to  unusual  causes  of  a  non-recurring  nature  and  that 
the  student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory  record  during  the  subsequent  semester. 

Probation 

Probation  is  defined  as  follows: 

Academic  Probation— 

Students  who  pass  enough  work  to  remain,  but  make  in  any  semester  a  quality  index 
of  less  than  1.5  will  be  placed  on  probation.  Restricted  attendance  privileges  apply  for 
all  courses  in  which  students  are  enrolled. 

Students  may  be  removed  from  probation  by  making  a  2.00  quality  point  index  dur- 
ing a  regular  semester  or  during  a  summer  session  at  Millsaps  College  in  which  the 
student  is  enrolled  for  at  least  twelve  academic  hours  credit.  A  student  is  asked  not  to 
re-enroll  at  Millsaps  College  if  (s)he  is  on  academic  probation  more  than  two 
semesters  during  a  college  program. 

Disciplinary  Probation— 

Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  College  regulations  may  be  placed  on 
disciplinary  probation  at  the  discretion  of  the  appropriation  dean  or  faculty  commit- 
tee. Restricted  attendance  privileges  may  apply  for  such  a  student  in  all  courses  in 
which  (s)he  is  enrolled. 

Class  Attendance 

Irregular  attendance  indicates  that  the  student  may  be  having  difficulties  adjusting  to 
the  course  or  to  college.  The  primary  responsibility  for  counseling  with  students  with 
respect  to  their  absence  rests  with  the  faculty  member;  but,  in  the  following  circumstances, 
the  faculty  member  is  expected  to  bring  the  student's  unsatisfactory  attendance  record  to 
the  attention  of  the  associate  dean: 

1.  For  a  freshman— whether  the  total  absences  are  equal  to  twice  the  number  of 
class  meetings  per  week. 

53 


2.    For  any  student— 

a.  When  (s)he  has  been  absent  three  successive  class  meetings  for  reasons 
unknown  to  the  instructor. 

b.  Whenever  a  student's  absence  is  such  that  (s)he  is  in  danger  of  failing  the 
course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  to  the  associate  dean  is  for  counseling  purposes  only,  and  has 
no  effect  on  the  student's  grade. 

Individual  faculty  members  decide  the  manner  and  extent  to  which  absences  alone 
will  affect  a  student's  grade.  Each  faculty  member  is  expected  to  outline  the  policy  in 
writing  to  each  class  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  This  may  extend  to  dismissal  from 
the  course  with  a  grade  of  "F"  for  reasons  solely  of  absence. 

Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member,  but  an  excused 
absence  does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being  responsible  for  the  course  work.  Explana- 
tions for  a  student's  absence  provided  by  a  parent,  medical  doctor,  or  a  member  of  the 
faculty  or  administration  may  be  helpful  to  the  faculty  member,  but  such  explanations  are 
not  in  themselves  excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  case  of  absences  involving 
missed  examinations,  late  assignments,  laboratory  sessions  and  similar  scheduled  com- 
mitments. Faculty  members,  however,  may  not  excuse  students  from  attendance  on  the 
two  days  preceding  and  the  two  days  following  vacation  periods  without  the  express  per- 
mission of  the  associate  dean. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  general  attendance  policy  of  the  college  and 
the  particular  policies  operative  in  each  class.  Further  details  relating  to  attendance  are  in 
the  student  handbook,  MAJOR  FACTS. 

Senior  Exemptions 

Students  may  elect  to  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  in  the  semester  in  which 
they  complete  their  comprehensive  examinations,  but  only  in  those  courses  in  which  they 
have  a  "C"  average  or  better.  It  shall  be  understood,  however,  that  this  exemption  does 
not  insure  the  student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the  last  two  weeks  shall 
count  in  the  final  average.  Under  no  circumstances  may  a  student  be  exempt  from  any  ex- 
amination in  more  than  one  term  or  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the  semester  in  which  they 
complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  requirements  being  met. 

Seniors  may  be  allowed  one  special  examination  in  any  subject  taken  and  failed  in 
the  senior  year.  Permission  for  such  examination  must  be  secured  from  the  associate 
dean. 
Student  Behavior 

Millsaps  students  are  expected  to  act  with  honesty  and  integrity  in  personal,  social, 
and  academic  relationships,  and  with  consideration  and  concern  for  the  community,  its 
members,  and  its  property.  The  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  administration  affirm  the  right 
of  the  individual  to  the  privacy  of  his  room.  The  use  of  intoxicating  beverages  is  not  a  part 
of,  nor  does  it  contribute  to,  the  total  educational  emphasis  of  Millsaps  College.  The  use, 
possession,  or  distribution  of  intoxicants,  narcotics,  or  dangerous  drugs,  such  as  mari- 
juana and  LSD,  except  as  expressly  permitted  by  law,  is  not  permitted.  The  Board  of 
Trustees  does  not  approve  of  the  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  on  the  Millsaps  campus  and 
does  not  permit  the  use  of  any  alcoholic  beverages  in  any  public  area  of  the  campus.  For 
the  purpose  of  the  statement  a  public  place  is  defined  as  any  part  of  the  campus  which  is 
not  within  the  confines  of  the  student's  room.  Gambling  is  not  permitted  on  campus. 

A  more  comprehensive  statement  is  contained  in  the  student  handbook.  Specific 
regulations  pertaining  to  academics,  residence  halls  and  other  facets  of  campus  life  are 
available  through  the  Student  Affairs  Office. 

54 


6 

departments 
of  instruction 


DEPARTMENTS  OF  INSTRUCTION 

EXPLANATION  OF  NUMBERS  AND  SYMBOLS 
Courses  101-198     Primarily  for  freshmen. 
Courses  201-298     Primarily  for  sophomores. 
Courses  301-398     Primarily  for  juniors  and  seniors. 

(advanced,  or  upper-division  courses) 
Courses  401-498     Special  departmental  courses. 

Courses  represented  by  odd  numbers  are  normeJly  taught  during  the  fall  semester; 
even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester. 
"G"     Indicates  courses  offered  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 
"S"     Indicates  courses  offered  in  summer  only. 
"X"     Indicates  courses  carrying  extra-curricular  credit  only. 

Non-Depeirtmented  Courses 

Heritage  101-102.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially  chronolog- 
ical portrayal  of  the  heritage  of  Western  man  viewed  from  the  perspectives  provided  by 
literature,  history,  religion,  philosophy,  the  arts,  and  other  disciplines.  The  course  will 
be  made  up  of  a  balance  of  lectures,  discussion  and  laboratory  sessions,  and  occasional 
field  trips.  Designed  for  entering  freshmen,  but  open  to  some  sophomores.  Limited 
enrollment.  Co-requisite  for  entering  freshmen:  English  103-104. 

Natural  Science  G480.  Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science.  Super- 
vised study  in  shallow  marine  environments  for  advanced  science  majors.  Directed  by 
one  of  the  Millsaps  science  faculty  assisted  by  the  staff  of  Gulf  Coast  Research  Labora- 
tory, Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Group  and  individual  investigations  in  zoology, 
biochemistry,  botany,  geology,  geochemistry,  physics,  physical  oceanography,  and 
chemical  oceanography.  Room  and  board  at  the  Laboratory.  3-12  hours  credit.  Prere- 
quisites: 20  hours  in  the  student's  major  and  12  semester  hours  in  the  supporting 
sciences  or  mathematics. 
Offered  each  summer  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 

Library  405  (1  to  3  hours)  Independent  Study.  A  course  designed  for  the  student 
wishing  to  explore  independently  a  subject  of  inter-departmental  interest,  a  subject  re- 
quiring extensive  reading  or  research,  or  a  subject  area  not  directly  related  to  an  existing 
department.  The  student  must  present  a  written  proposal  stating  objectives  for  the  ap- 
proval of  the  head  librarian  and  the  major  professor.  Working  closely  with  a  library 
faculty  member,  and  when  necessary  with  the  advice  of  a  subject  specialist,  the  student 
reads  broadly  in  the  subject,  concluding  with  a  bibliography  and  report. 

ANCIENT  LANGUAGES 

The  Alfred  Porter  Hamilton  Chair  of  Classical  Languages 

Professor  Emerita:  MAGNOLIA  COULLET,  A.M. 

Assistant  Professor:  RICHARD  FREIS,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Courses  have  been  set  up:  1.)  to  give  students  taking  their  language  requirements  a 
firm  basis  in  grammar  and  an  introduction  to  the  literature;  2.)  to  provide  a  firm  founda- 
tion for  those  students  who  wish  some  knowledge  of  Latin  or  Greek  to  help  them  with 
medical  and  other  scientific  terminology,  with  New  Testament  studies,  and  as  a 
background  for  studies  in  Romance  Languages  and  English;  and  3.)  to  permit  students 
without  Greek  and  Latin  to  make  direct  contact  with  the  Classical  past  from  which  our 
Western  Civilization  arose.  Credit  is  not  given  for  the  first  semester  of  the  elementary 
course  unless  the  second  semester  is  completed. 

56 


CLASSICAL  CIVILIZATION 

The  following  courses  are  conducted  in  English;  they  are  open  to  all  students  for  elec- 
tive credit  regardless  of  classification.  Different  courses  in  this  sequence  will  be  offered 
from  year  to  year. 

301.  Mythology.  A  study  of  the  ancient  myths  of  Greece  and  Rome  and  their  influence 
on  later  literature;  some  comparative  material  may  be  introduced  from  Near  Eastern, 
Indian,  and  Norse  mythology.  Offered  Fall,  1979 

312.  Greek  Tragedy.  After  a  brief  introductory  study  of  Greek  theater  production  and 
the  social-religious  context  of  Greek  tragedy,  the  class  will  read  the  main  surviving 
works  of  the  three  great  tragedians,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  and  Euripides,  and  close 
with  the  two  critical  works,  Aristotle's  Poetics  and  Aristophanes'  comedy  about 
tragedy,  The  Frogs.  Offered  Spring,  1980 

303.  The  Classical  Epic.  At  the  head  of  Western  literature  and  thought  stand  the  two 
Homeric  poems,  the  Iliad  and  the  Odyssey.  The  class  will  begin  by  studying  the 
Homeric  poems  in  themselves  and  as  shaping  factors  in  Western  civilization.  Then,  after 
a  brief  study  of  the  later  Greek  works,  Hesiod's  Works  and  Days  and  Descent  of  the 
Gods  and  Appollonius'  Voyage  of  the  Argo,  it  will  turn  to  Vergil's  Aeneid,  in  which  the 
Homeric  poems  are  transformed  in  the  service  of  a  quite  different  but  no  less  important 
vision  of  man.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

320.  Ancient  Religion.  This  course  will  examine  the  religious  beliefs  and  institutions  of 
the  ancient  world  both  in  themselves  and  as  the  background  out  of  which  and  often  in 
struggle  with  which  Judaism  and  Christianity  developed.  It  will  study  ancient  Near 
Eastern  religions;  pre-Olympian,  Olympian,  and  mystery  religions  in  Greece;  the 
development  of  gnostic  and  mystery  religious  movements  in  the  Hellenistic  period;  and 
the  conflict  of  religious  movements  in  the  Roman  Empire.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

305.  Classical  Art  and  Archaeology.  This  course  will  focus  on  the  changing  vision  of 
the  world  and  human  experience  in  ancient  art  and  the  forms  and  techniques  which  ar- 
tists evolved  to  represent  that  vision.  The  class  will  also  examine  the  efforts  of  ar- 
chaeologists to  bring  the  lost  works  of  ancient  civilization  to  light.  There  will  be  one  field 
trip  to  the  Museum  of  Classical  Archaeology  at  the  University  of  Mississippi.  Offered 
Spring,  1979 

316.  Socrates  and  the  Socratic  Tradition.  Socrates  is  one  of  the  two  primary  moral 
teachers  of  the  West;  his  student,  Plato,  and  Plato's  student,  Aristotle,  established  the 
ruling  Western  philosophic  tradition.  After  a  brief  discussion  of  philosophy  before 
Socrates,  the  class  will  read  and  discuss  several  dialogues  in  which  Plato  discusses  man, 
the  state,  and  the  universe,  turn  to  related  selections  from  Aristotle,  and  finally  examine 
the  echoes  of  the  Classical  Socratic  tradition  in  the  views  of  Epicurus,  the  Stoics,  and 
Cicero.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

307.  The  Classical  Historians.  A  reading  of  major  portions  of  the  first  great  historians 
of  the  West,  Herodotus,  Thucydides,  Polybius  and  Tacitus;  the  class  will  focus  especial- 
ly on  the  conceptions  of  the  world,  man,  and  the  proper  aims  and  methods  of  history 
which  underlie  and  shape  each  writer's  works.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

318.  Roman  Civilization.  This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  students  with  various 
facets  of  Roman  life— history,  art  and  architecture,  public  and  private  life,  history  of 
literature,  etc.  The  class  will  make  substantial  use  of  audio-visual  illustrations.  Offered 
Upon  Demand 

309.  Athens:  The  Life  of  a  Greek  City-State.  This  course  will  explore  the  pattern  of 
life  in  the  Greek  city-state  Athens  in  all  its  many  dimensions  from  the  Age  of  the  Tyrants 
through  the  Golden  Age  of  Pericles  and  the  political  struggles  and  cultural  flowering  of 

57 


the  fourth  century  to  its  struggle  against  and  absorption  into  the  world-empire  of  Alex- 
ander the  Great.  The  course  will  make  substantial  use  of  writings  by  Greek  authors  and 
some  use  of  audio-visual  illustrations  so  that  as  much  as  possible  the  Greek  experience 
will  speak  for  itself.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

314.  The  Ancient  World.  This  course  will  cover  the  chief  phases  of  the  history  of  the 
West  from  the  breakthrough  to  civilization  in  the  Near  East  to  the  fall  of  the  Roman  Em- 
pire. Offered  Upon  Demand 

LATIN 
101-102.  Elementary  Latin  (3-3).  Designed  for  students  who  have  undertaken  no 
previous  study  of  the  language.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  thorough  mastery  of  forms, 
vocabulary,  syntax  and  the  techniques  of  translation.  Offered  1979-80 

201-202.  Intermediate  Latin  (3-3).  A  thorough  review  of  grammar  is  made  in  the  first 
part  of  the  semester  and  then  selections  from  Sallust  and  Cicero's  orations  are  read. 
Selections  from  Vergil's  Aeneid  are  read  during  the  second  semester.  Prerequisite: 
Latin  101-102  or  the  equivalent.  Offered  1979-80 

301-302.  Elementary  Latin  Prose  Composition  (3-3).  A  course  designed  to  increase 
the  student's  grasp  of  syntax  and  style  through  practice  in  writing  Latin  prose;  the 
course  will  pass  from  sentences  illustrating  basic  syntactical  topics  to  the  composition  of 
brief  connected  essays.  Prerequisite:  Latin  201-202.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

303.  Odes  of  Horace  (3).  Prerequisite:  Latin  201-202.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

314.  Roman  Letters  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  correspondence  of  Cicero  and 
Pliny.  Prerequisite:  Latin  201-202.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

305.  The  Elegiac  Tradition  (3).  Readings  in  Catullus  and  the  writers  of  Latin  love 
elegy,  Tibullus,  Propertius,  and  Ovid.  Prerequisite:  Latin  201-202.  Offered  Upon  De- 
mand 

316.  Latin  Philosophical  Prose  (3).  Readings  from  one  or  both  of  the  following: 
A.  Cicero's  philosophical  writings;  B.  Seneca's  Letters.  Prerequisite:  Latin  201-202. 
Offered  Upon  Demand 

307.  Lucretius  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  De  Rerum  Natura.  Prerequisite:  Latin 
201-202.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

318.  Roman  Historians  (3).  Selected  readings  from  one  or  more  of  the  following: 

A.  Sallust;  B.  Livy;  C.  Tacitus.  Prerequisite:  Latin  201-202.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

309.  Roman  Satire  (3).  Readings  from  one  or  more  of  the  following:  A.  Horace; 

B.  Persius;  C.  Juvenal.  Prerequisite:  Latin  201-202.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

320.  Roman  Drama  (3).  Selected  plays  from  one  or  more  of  the  following:  A.  Plautus, 
Comedies;  B.  Terence,  Comedies;  C.  Seneca,  Tragedies.  Prerequisite:  Latin 
201-202.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

311.  Ovid  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Metamorphoses.  Prerequisite:  Latin 
201-202.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

322.  Advanced  Latin  Composition:  Prose  or  Verse  (3).  Prerequisite:  Latin  301-302. 
Offered  Upon  Demand 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1-3—1-3).  Additional  Latin  readings  will  be  arranged 
to  meet  the  needs  or  desires  of  students.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chair- 


58 


GREEK 

Courses  labelled  301-310  are  suitable  for  second  year  course  work;  all  courses  after 
101-102  are  offered  upon  demand. 

101-102.  Introduction  to  Greek  (3-3).  Although  this  course  stresses  mastery  of 
grammar,  vocabulary  and  forms,  some  attention  will  be  given  to  Greek  literature  and 
culture.  Readings  include  selections  from  the  Gospel  of  St.  John,  Xenophon's 
Anabasis,  and  Greek  Poetry.  Offered  1979-80 

301.  Plato  (3).  Reading  of  two  shorter  dialogues.  Offered  Fall,  1979 

303.  Greek  New  Testament  (3).  Selections  from  different  types  of  New  Testament 
writings.  Gospel,  Pauline  Epistle,  Pastoral  Epistle.  Offered  Fall,  alternate  years 

304.  Homer  (3).  Reading  of  four  complete  books  of  the  ILIAD.  Offered  Spring,  1980 

306.  Euripides  (3).  Reading  of  2  plays.  Offered  Spring,  alternate  years 

308-309.  Elementary  Greek  Prose  Composition.  (3-3).  Practice  in  writing  Greek  Attic 
Prose,  designed  to  increase  the  student's  grasp  of  syntax  and  style.  Offered  Upon 
Demand 

321.  Greek  Tragedy  (3).  Readings  from  one  or  both  of  the  following:  A.  Sophocles; 
B.  Aeschylus.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

331.  Greek  Lyric  Poetry  (3).  Selections  from  the  lyrics  of  the  archaic  Greek  poets  of  the 
7th  and  6th  century  B.C.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

341.  Greek  Historians  (3).  Selections  from  one  or  both  of  the  following:  A.  Herodotus; 
B.  Thucydides.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

351.  Greek  Orators  (3).  Selections  from  one  or  more  of  the  following:  A.  Demos- 
thenes; B.  Isocrates;  C.  Lysias.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

361.  Greek  Comedy  (3).  Selections  from  one  or  more  of  the  following:  A.  Aristo- 
phanes; B.  Menander. 

371.  Greek  Epic  (3).  Selections  from  one  or  more  of  the  following:  A.  Homer; 
B.  Homeric  Hymns;  C.  Hesiod.  Offered  Upon  Demand 

381.  Advanced  Composition:  Prose  or  Verse  (3).  Offered  Upon  Demand 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1-3—1-3).  Additional  Greek  readings  arranged  to  meet 
the  needs  or  desires  of  the  students. 


ART 

Assistant  Professors:  RUFUS  TURNER,  M.F.A.,  Chairman 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Majors  in  art  must  complete  the  requirements  for  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree.  In  the  B.A.  core  Esthetics  (Philosophy  321)  would  be  required 
by  all  art  majors.  There  will  be  a  required  core  of  art  courses  that  all  art  majors  must  take: 
Design  101  &  102,  Drawing  104,  105  &  206;  Painting  210;  Ceramics  220;  Printmaking 
230;  and  Art  History  201,  202  &  303.  In  addition  to  the  33  hour  core,  9  hours  of  ad- 
vanced art  courses  must  be  taken  of  which  6  hours  would  be  the  senior  project.  The 
Senior  Project  and  participation  in  a  Senior  Exhibition  are  requirements  for  graduation  as 
well  as  passing  the  oral  department  examination. 

59 


101-102.  Design  (3-3).  Basic  two-dimensional  design  principles  and  color  theory  with 
problems  in  composition. 

*  103.  Three-dimension  Design  (3).  Three-dimensional  design  with  an  introduction  to 
sculptural  techniques.  "Prerequisite:  101  &  102. 

^  104-105.  Drawing  (3-3).  Introduction  to  drawing  using  lines  and  tone  to  model  still 
life  objects,  the  figure  and  the  landscape. 

'206.  Drawing  (3).  Advanced  problems  in  drawing  the  figure  employing  varied  and 
mixed  media.  * 'Prerequisite:  103  &  104. 

210-211.  Painting  (3-3).  Oil  and  acrylic  painting.  The  materials  and  properties  of 
painting,  methods  of  presentation  and  composition.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

312.  Painting  (3).  Advanced  problems  in  painting  using  watercolor,  gouache,  and 
tempera.  '  'Prerequisite  210  &  211. 

220-221.  Ceramics  (3-3).  Pottery  making.  First  semester  hand  building  and  glazing, 
second  semester  wheel  production. 

322.  Ceramics  (3).  Advanced  problems  into  production,  glazing,  and  problems  in  kiln 
building. 

230-231.  Printmaking  (3-3).  Relief  and  intaglio  printing  with  emphasis  on  woodcut. 
'  'Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 

332.  Printmaking  (3).  Emphasis  on  individual  problems  in  printmaking  employing  the 
intaglio  process.  '  'Prerequisite:  230  &  231. 

201-202.  Art  History  (3-3).  An  illustrated  lecture  course  surveying  the  visual  and 
plastic  arts  from  pre-historic  to  contemporary  times. 

'303.  Art  History  (3).  Three  hours  of  art  history  in  a  specialized  area  such  as  American 
art,  20th  Century  art,  or  Renaissance  art.  (dependent  upon  background  of  the  in- 
structor and  available  slides  in  our  collection,  and  the  resources  for  increasing  the  slide 
collection.)  Prerequisite:  201,  202. 

'305.   Lettering  (3).   Experience  in  constructing  and  organizing  the  basic  letter  forms. 

'310-311.  Commercial  Design  (3-3).  Commercial  design,  illustration  and  layout  relat- 
ing to  advertising  and  publications.  Prerequisite:  101,  102,  104,  105  and  210. 

320.  Creative  Photography  (3).  Experimental  photography  with  both  commercial 
and  artistic  application. 

'330.  Silkscreen  Printmaking  (3).  A  basic  silkscreen  printmaking  with  both  commer- 
cial and  artistic  applications.  Prerequisites:  101,  102,  104,  105  &  230. 

'401.  Museumship  (3).  A  course  offered  in  cooperation  with  the  Mississippi  Art 
Association  and  the  Municipal  Art  Gallery  in  which  students  develop  knowledge  of  the 
working  of  a  gallery.  Prerequisite  to  be  worked  out. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1-3—1-3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

'410.  Commercial  Art  Internship  (3).  A  course  in  which  the  student  would  work  for 
a  local  firm  under  the  supervision  of  the  Art  Department.  Prerequisite:  310  &  311. 

'These  courses  would  be  added  as  soon  as  personnel  and  equipment  permits. 
'  'Prerequisites  to  some  classes  may  be  waivered  but  permission  from  instructor  will  be 
required. 

60 


420-421.  Senior  Project  (3-3).  A  course  in  which  the  senior  produces  a  body  of  qual- 
ity works  to  be  evaluated  for  his  or  her  graduation.  This  would  also  be  the  main  source 
of  work  for  the  senior  exhibition. 


BIOLOGY 

Professors:  JAMES  P.  McKEOWN,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor:  ROBERT  B.  NEVINS,  M.S. 

Assistant  Professors:  DAVID  C.  HINES,  Ph.D. 

MICKE  J.  SMITH,  Ph.D. 
Visiting  Lecturer:  H.  B.  MUSICK,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  biology  and  main- 
tain this  grade  for  the  full  course.  All  majors  take  Biology  111-112,  121-122,  315,  491, 
492,  one  of  323,  333,  or  369;  either  345  or  351  and  one  of  372,  382,  383,  or  391 .  Can- 
didates for  the  B.S.  must  also  take  Chemistry  231-232  and  one  year  of  Physics.  Other 
majors  are  required  to  take  two  approved  electives  in  the  Natural  Sciences. 

101-102.  Fundamentals  of  Biology  (3-3).  Principles  and  theories  of  the  life  sciences 
including  maintenance,  reproduction,  evolution,  diversity,  ecology,  and  biogeography; 
designed  for  non-science  majors.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week. 

111-112.  Botany  (4-4).  First  semester,  structure  and  function  of  seed  plants;  second 
semester,  evolutionary  survey  of  plant  kingdom;  emphasis  on  lower  plants.  Two  discus- 
sion periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

121-122.  Zoology  (4-4).  Invertebrate  and  vertebrate  taxonomy,  morphology,  physi- 
ology and  natural  history.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week. 

S211.  Comparative  Anatomy  (4).  Structure  of  the  organs  and  organ  systems  of  the 
chordates,  emphasizing  the  dissection  of  Amphioxus,  lamprey,  shark,  salamander  and 
cat.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
Biology  121-122. 

S221.  Embryology  (4).  Fertilization,  morphogenesis  and  differentiation  of  organ 
systems  of  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

235.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (4).  Structures  and  function  of  the  human 
body.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week;  open  to 
non-science  majors.  Prerequisite:  6  hours  of  biology. 

251.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5).  An  integrated  course  in  vertebrate 
Anatomy  and  Embryology.  Reproduction  and  organ  system  differentiation  and  a  com- 
parative study  of  the  gross  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate  systems.  Three  discussion  periods 
and  two  2-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

S261.  Field  Botany  (3).  Survey  of  local  flora  emphasizing  plant  systematics  and 
ecology.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prere- 
quisite: 6  hours  of  biology. 

301.  Histology  (4).  Microscopic  anatomy  of  the  different  vertebrate  systemy,  with  an 
emphasis  on  basic  tissue  types.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  2-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

61 


315.  Genetics  (4).  Mendelian  genetics;  the  nature,  transmission  and  mode  of  action  of 
the  genetic  material;  the  role  of  genetics  in  development  and  evolution.  Two  discussion 
periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112; 
121-122. 

323.  Plant  Taxonomy  (4).  Principles  of  classification  and  evolution;  collection  and 
identification  of  local  flora.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112. 

333.  Vertebrate  Taxonomy  (4).  Identification,  life  history,  ecology  and  evolutionary 
histories  of  the  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

340-341.  Field  Biology  (2  to  3—2  to  3).  Environmental  study  trips  throughout  the 
United  States.  Emphasis  on  ecology  and  community  composition.  Two  to  three  weeks 
away  from  campus  on  intensive  field  studies.  Designed  for  science  and  nonscience  ma- 
jors. Prerequisite:  Open  by  application  only;  limited  enrollment;  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

345.  Ecology  (4).  Interrelationships  between  organisms  and  their  physical  environment; 
population  dynamics  and  interactions,  organization  of  biotic  communities;  energy  flow, 
succession,  community  types.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  121-122. 

S351-S352.  Field  Biology  (5-5).  Summer  environmental  study  trips  to  United  States, 
Canada,  and  Mexico.  Five-week  program  with  approximately  three  weeks  away  from 
campus  on  intensive  field  studies.  Prerequisite:  Open  by  application  only;  limited 
enrollment;  8  hours  of  biology  or  permission  of  instructor. 

369.  Population  Biology  (4).  Biological  phenomena  at  the  population  level.  Emphasis 
on  modern  topics  including  population  genetics,  speciation,  social  behavior,  principles 
of  systematics.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112  or  121-122. 

372.  Plant  Physiology  (4).  Plant  soil  and  water  relations,  metabolism,  and  growth 
regulation.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prere- 
quisite: Biology  111-112;  Chemistry  232-234. 

381.  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Historical  survey,  pure  culture  methods  of  study,  and 
the  general  morphology  and  identification  of  bacteria.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two 
two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  Chemistry 
232-234. 

382.  Advanced  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Physiology  and  biochemical  principles 
associated  with  studies  of  micro-organisms.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  wek.  Prerequisite:  Biology  381. 

383.  Immunology  and  Virology.  The  physiology.  Biochemistry  and  genetics  of  the 
immune  response;  viral  structure,  function  and  relationship  to  host.  Three  discussion 
periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Biology  381. 

391.  Cellular  Physiology  (4).  Study  of  the  constituents,  properties,  and  activities  of 
protoplasm.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Chemistry  232-234. 

401-402.  Reading  and  Conference  in  Biology  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

62 


415-416.   Seminar  in  Biology  (1-).   One  discussion  period  a  week. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
research,  educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

491-492.  Senior  Seminar:  Biological  Concepts  (1-1).  Selected  topics  of  biological 
interest.  Required  of  all  senior  biology  majors.  One  discussion  period  a  week. 


CHEMISTRY 

The  J.  B.  Price  Chair  of  Chemistry 

Professors:  ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN,  Ph.D. 
ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  All  majors  take  Chemistry  121-122,  123-124,  231-233, 
232,  234,  251-253,  491;  and  Computer  100  or  110.  Candidates  for  the  bachelor's 
degree  accredited  by  the  American  Chemical  Society  must  have  a  2.5  average  in 
chemistry  and  take  Chemistry  341-343,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366;  Physics  131-132, 
151-152,  231;  and  mathematics  through  integral  calculus.  Two  approved  electives  in 
chemistry,  physics,  or  mathematics  are  required.  German  201-202,  or  reading 
knowledge,  is  strongly  recommended.  Other  majors  are  required  to  take  Chemistry 
264-266  or  363-365  and  364-366;  Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152; 
and  two  approved  advanced  electives  in  the  natural  sciences. 

101-102.  Chemistry  for  Citizens.  (3-3).  Chemical  research  and  methods  important 
in  day-to-day  living  are  studied.  Two  lectures  and  one  application  session  a  week.  Not 
acceptable  toward  the  bachelor  of  science  degree. 

121-122.  General  Chemistry  (3-3).  Atomic  theory,  theory  of  bonding.  Kinetic  Theory 
of  Gases,  chemical  equilibrium,  periodicity,  liquid  and  solid  state  theory.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  123-124. 

123-124.  General  Analytical  Chemistry  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications  of  qualitative 
and  quantitative  techniques  with  emphasis  on  solution  chemistry.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  121-122. 

231-232.  Organic  Chemistry  (3-3).  Structure,  reactions  and  theory.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  233-234. 

S231-S232.  Principles  of  Organic  Chemistry  (3-3).  Structure,  reactions  and  theory. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  S233-S234. 

233-234.  Modern  Methods  in  Organic  Chemistry  (2-2).  Preparation,  separation,  and 
identification  of  organic  compounds.  Use  of  modern  instrumentation.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  S231-S232. 

251.  Analytical  Chemistry  I:  Quantitative  Analysis  (2).  Chemical  equilibria,  acid- 
base  theory,  oxidation-reduction,  and  an  introduction  into  electrochemical  techniques. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  253. 

253.  Applications  of  Analytical  Chemistry  (2).  Gravimetric  and  volumetric  methods 
are  presented  in  the  laboratory  with  unknowns  of  acidmetry  and  alkalimetry,  oxidation- 
reduction,  iodimetry  and  precipitation  methods. 

63 


264,  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  (3).  Gas  laws,  properties  of  liquids,  properties 
of  solutions,  thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  catalysis,  electrochemistry,  and  col- 
loidal solutions.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  266. 

266.  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  264. 

334.  Organic  Qualitative  Analysis  (2).  Identification  of  organic  compounds  and  mix- 
tures of  organic  compounds,  and  classification  of  organic  compounds  according  to 
functional  groups.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-233.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  335. 

335.  Modern  Methods  in  Qualitative  Organic  (2).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  334. 

336.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3).  Stereochemistry,  mechanisms,  and  selected 
topics.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

341.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).  Atomic  structure,  theories  of  chemical 
bonding,  spectrascopy,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  and  inorganic 
stereochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

343.  Modern  Coordination  Chemistry  (1).  Coordination  chemistry  and  inorganic 
reaction  mechanisms.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  341. 

354.  Analytical  Chemistry  II:  Instrumental  Analysis  (3).  Absorption  spectometry, 
emission  spectrametry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy,  differential  thermal  analysis,  and 
gas  phase  chromatography.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Corequisite:  356. 

356.  Analytical  Chemistry  II— Methods  (1).  Practical  applications  of  chemical  instru- 
mentation. Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

358.  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  (4).  Chemical  equilibria  in  aqueous  and  non- 
aqueous solutions.  Physical  and  chemical  methods  of  separation:  Chromatography, 
ion  exchange,  dialysis,  flotation,  and  solvent  extraction  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  354-356. 

363-364.  Physical  Chemistry  (3-3).  Kinetic-molecular  theory,  chemical  thermo- 
dynamics, phase  rule,  chemical  kinetics,  nuclear  chemistry,  surface  chemistry,  and 
electrochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122;  Mathematics  224  or  226.  Core- 
quisite: Chemistry  365-366. 

365-366.  Physio-Chemical  Methods.  (1-1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  principles  of 
geological  systems:  Carbonate  equilibria.  Clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh-pH  diagrams, 
chemical  weathering,  organic  materials  in  sediments,  and  phase  diagrams.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  363  or  consent  of  instructor. 

391.  Biochemistry  I.  (4).  Chemistry  of  biomolecules.  Emphasis  on  Amino  Acids  and 
protein  chemistry,  mechanisms  of  enzyme  action  and  enzyme  kinetics,  lipids  and 
biological  membranes,  nucleotides  and  nucleic  acids,  carbohydrate  chemistry.  Prere- 
quisite: Chemistry  231-232. 

392.  Biochemistry  II.  (4).  Generation  and  storage  of  metabolic  energy.  Protein  Bio- 
synthesis. Molecular  Physiology.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  391. 

S-393.  Biochemistry  1.  (3).  Chemistry  of  living  organisms.  Emphasis  on  biochemistry 
of  proteins,  carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

S-394.  Biochemistry  II.  (3).  Photosynthesis,  Nucleotides,  Protein  Biosynthesis,  and 
Biochemical  Control  Mechanisms  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

64 


395.  Biochemical  Applications  I.  (1).   Corequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

396.  Biochemical  Applications  II.  (1).   Corequisite:  Chemistry  394. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

411-412.   Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
research,  educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

491-492.  History  &  Literature  of  Chemistry  (2-2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate 
basic  chemical  knowledge  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of  scien- 
tific works.  History  of  chemistry  and  the  proper  use  of  chemical  literature  are  included. 

COMPUTER  STUDIES 

Professors:  ALLEN  D.  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

SAMUEL  R.  KNOX,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professor:  ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

Although  there  is  no  major  in  computer  science,  a  number  of  options  are  available  for 
students  who  wish  to  study  computer  science  and  computer  applications.  A  student  may 
enroll  in  any  of  the  several  courses  listed  below.  In  addition,  students  can  follow  the  pre- 
engineering  curriculum  with  continued  computer  science  study  at  one  of  the  associated 
universities.  Or,  students  can  major  in  a  closely  associated  field  such  as  mathematics. 

Facilities  are  among  the  finest  for  student  use  and  include  a  large  Digital  Equipment 
PDP-11  RSTS  timesharing  system,  a  Digital  Equipment  PDP-8/e  laboratory  computer, 
and  an  EAI-TR20  analog  computer.  Terminals  are  located  in  several  buildings  on 
campus. 

Computer  courses  are: 

Computer  100.  Introduction  to  Computing  (1).  Development  of  programming  skills  in 
the  timesharing  language  BASIC.  Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  utilize  the  com- 
puter in  the  several  disciplines. 

Computer  110.  Computing,  an  Interdisciplinary  Approach  (3).  Brief  historical  devel- 
opment and  the  concept  of  an  algorithm.  Introduction  to  computer  languages  with  em- 
phasis on  the  interactive  language  BASIC.  The  impact  of  computers  on  society. 
Stresses  the  solution  of  problems  from  diverse  areas.  If  taken  after  Computer  100,  only 
two  hours  credit  allowed. 

Computer  210.  Computer  Organization  and  Machine  Programming  (1  to  3).  Dis- 
cussion of  fundamentals  of  computer  hardware  organization  and  symbolic  coding  with 
assembly  systems.  Prerequisite:  proficiency  in  a  higher  level  programming  language. 

Computer  271.  Computer  Programming  in  FORTRAN  or  PL/1  (3).  FORTRAN  pro- 
gramming (or  PL/1)  and  research  applications  to  the  behavioral  and  natural  sciences. 
(Same  as  Administration  271.) 

Computer  272.  Computer  Systems  for  Accounting.  (3).  Introduction  to  data  process- 
ing and  COBOL  or  RPG  programming  with  application  to  accounting  and  information 
systems.  (Same  as  Accounting  272.) 

Computer  318.  Digital  Electronics  (3).  Introduction  to  electronic  processing  of  digitally 
coded  information.  Includes  binary  arithmetic.  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates,  storage 
elements  and  sequential  logic,  memory  and  processor  circuits,  microcomputer 
organizational.  One  three-hour  lecture/laboratory  plus  two  hours  of  independent 
laboratory  work  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  316  and  an  introductory  computer 
programming  course  or,  consent  of  the  instructor,  (same  as  Physics  318.) 

Computer  352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  timescale 
and  amplitude-scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  tech- 
niques. One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351. 
(Same  as  Mathematics  352.) 

65 


Computer  401-402.   Directed  study  in  computing  (1  to  3—1  to  3).   Prerequisite:  Con- 
sent of  instructor. 

Computer  411-412.   Selected  Topics  (1  to  3—1  to  3).   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 

Computer  491-492.   Seminar  (1  to  3—1  to  3).   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

The  computer  is  used  as  a  tool  in  problem  solving,  model  building  and  simulation  in 
accounting,  administration,  astronomy,  biology,  chemistry,  economics,  mathematics, 
physics,  political  science,  psychology,  and  sociology. 

SCHOOL  OF  MANAGEMENT 

The  Chair  of  Management 

The  Dan  White  Chair  of  Economics 

Professor:  RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor:  STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS,  M.A.,  C.P.A. 

Assistant  Professor:  FRANCIS  W.  FROHNHOEFER,  M.A.,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

KAREN  H.  HOLLEMAN,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

Accounting,  finance  and  administration  majors  must  complete  additional  re- 
quirements for  bachelor  of  business  administration  degree  (B.B.A.).  Economics  majors 
must  complete  additional  requirements  for  either  a  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree.  The  re- 
quirements for  a  major  in  accounting,  in  finance  or  in  administration  are  in  addition  to 
courses  which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  minimum  college  requirements  for  all  degrees 
and  cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  both  areas.  Majors  must  make  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all 
courses  required  by  the  department.  Double  majors  in  the  department  will  be  required  to 
complete  at  least  21  additional  hours  in  the  department. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Economics:  An  economics  major  is  required  to  take  Ac- 
counting 281-282,  Mathematics  115-116,  Administration  271  and  Economics  201  or 
202  before  the  junior  year;  Economics  303-304,  348  or  363  and  Administration  275  dur- 
ing the  junior  year;  Economics  361,  363  or  348  and  401-402  during  the  senior  year.  To 
prepare  for  graduate  studies  the  student  should  include  Mathematics  223-224  or 
225-226. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Accounting:  The  program  of  study  is  adequate  prepara- 
tion for  the  CPA  examination.  Accounting  281-282  must  be  completed  before  the  junior 
year.  Administration  131  is  an  ideal  elective  during  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year. 

An  accounting  major  must  take  Mathematics  103-104,  Accounting  281-282,  Ac- 
counting 272,  and  Economics  201  before  the  junior  year;  Accounting  381-382,  391,  Ad- 
ministration 275  and  362  during  the  junior  year;  Accounting  392,  395,  398,  and  Ad- 
ministration 221-222  during  the  senior  year.  Students  may  prefer  to  take  281-282  during 
the  freshman  year,  381-382  during  the  sophomore  year,  395-391  during  the  junior  year, 
and  392-398  during  the  senior  year. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Administration:  This  program  is  designed  to  balance 
course  work  and  practical  application. 

An  administration  major  must  take  Mathematics  103-104,  Accounting  281-282, 
Economics  201,  and  Administration  271  before  the  junior  year;  Administration  221,  275, 
351,  352,  362,  and  Economics  303  during  the  junior  year;  Administration  353,  376,  and 
Economics  361  during  the  senior  year  and  one  3-hour  elective  course  offered  by  the 
department,  excluding  Economics  202. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Finance:  This  program  is  designed  to  concentrate  on 
financial  analysis  for  decision-making. 

66 


A  finance  major  must  take  Mathematics  103-104,  Accounting  281-282,  Economics 
201,  and  Administration  271  before  the  junior  year;  Accounting  381-382,  and  Ad- 
ministration 275,  362,  367  or  368  and  Economics  361  or  363  during  the  junior  year;  Ad- 
ministration 221,  365,  369  and  Economics  361  or  363  during  the  senior  year. 

Program  of  Study  of  Public  Administration:  A  program  for  students  interested  in 
public  or  government  careers  has  been  arranged  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of 
Political  Science.  The  student  may  major  in  either  political  science  or  in  administration.  If 
the  student  selects  the  major  in  administration,  he  may  substitute  certain  required  courses 
and  will  be  required  to  substitute  some  hours  of  electives. 

Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  expect  to  satisfy  the  statistics  re- 
quirement (Administration  275)  at  Millsaps.  The  typical  first  six  hours  of  accounting  prin- 
ciples will  normally  satisfy  the  department's  281-282  requirement.  The  typical  six  hours  of 
sophomore  economics  will  normally  satisfy  the  Economics  201  or  202  requirement. 
Transfer  students  will  be  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  at  least  18  hours  of  courses  of- 
fered by  the  Department  to  meet  the  requirement  for  the  BBA  degree  and  the  major, 
regardless  of  the  specific  requirements  satisfied  by  transfer  hours.  In  some  instances  this 
may  mean  repeating  certain  transferred,  upper-division  courses. 

Suggestions  for  non-majors:  Economics  201,  202,  Accounting  281,  282  and  Ad- 
ministration 131,  221,  222  are  good  entry-level  offerings.  Accounting  XlOl-102  is  an 
extra-curricula  offering  in  the  Department.  Other  courses  in  the  Department  are  ap- 
propriate for  electives,  especially  Economics  361,  Accounting  272,  395  and  Administra- 
tion 271,  351,  353. 

ECONOMICS 

201.  Principles  (3).  Basic  principles  of  price  theory,  national  income  analysis,  and  inter- 
national trade. 

202.  Problems  and  Issues  (3).  Class  discussion  of  current  problems  and  issues  of 
national  and  international  importance.  No  prerequisite. 

303.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory  (3).  Value  and  distribution  theory,  market 
equilibrium,  resource  allocation,  and  public  policy. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).  National  income  determination,  com- 
modity and  money  market  equilibrium,  public  policy,  and  economic  forecasting. 

344.  Regional  and  Urban  Economics  (3).  Applications  of  economic  theory  to  state 
and  metropolitan  economic  systems.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201. 

348.  International  Trade  Theory  (3).  An  extension  and  application  of  economic  theory 
to  international  relations  and  to  international  financial  systems.  Prerequisite:  Economics 
303. 

361.  Money  &  Banking  (3).  Money  and  credit,  capital  markets,  monetary  institutions, 
and  public  policy.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201. 

363.  Public  Finance  (3).  Analysis  of  public  sector  goods,  decisions,  taxation,  budgets, 
and  public  policy.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.   Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

411-412.   Special  Topics  in  Economics  (3-3). 

67 


451-452.   Internship  (1  to  6—1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions. 


ADMINISTRATION 

131.  Introduction  to  Business  (3).  Business  functions,  administration  processes, 
operations,  techniques  and  problems. 

221-222.  Business  Law  (3-3).  Introduction  to  legal  systems,  coverage  of  the  Uniform 
Commercial  Code  with  regard  to  contracts,  negotiable  instruments,  personal  property 
and  sales  transactions;  the  second  semester  covers  the  Code  in  regard  to  partnerships, 
corporations,  real  property,  estates. 

271.  Computer  Programming  in  FORTRAN  or  PL/1  (3).  FORTRAN  or  PL/1  pro- 
gramming with  research  applications  to  the  behavioral  and  natural  sciences.  (Same 
as  Computer  271.) 

275.  Business  Statistics  (3).  Probability,  hypothesis,  testing,  analysis  of  variance, 
regression  and  correlation,  time  series,  index  numbers,  Bayesian  analysis. 

351.  Marketing  Management  (3).  The  marketing  function;  pricing  practices,  product 
policies,  promotion,  and  planning. 

352.  Operations  Management  (3).  Systems  analysis,  decision  making,  examination  of 

management  science  techniques  in  problem  solving. 

353.  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  (3).  Theories  of  organized  structure,  be- 
havior, and  communication;  decision  making  in  personnel  administration;  human 
capital. 

362.  Financial  Analysis  (3).  The  finance  function;  analysis  and  management,  con- 
trolling, and  financial  policies.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  281  or  consent. 

365.  Investment  Analysis  (3).  Securities  and  commodities  markets,  government 
regulation  of  such  markets,  fundamental  and  technical  approaches  to  investment  and 
portfolio  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201,  Accounting  281,  or  consent. 

367.  Principles  of  Insurance  (3).  The  concept  of  insurance,  institutions,  and  applica- 
tions to  risk. 

368.  Principles  of  Real  Estate  (3).  The  basic  concepts  relevant  to  the  ownership  and 
management  of  property. 

369.  Advanced  Financial  Problems  (3).  The  case  study  approach  to  the  application  of 
financial  management.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or  consent. 

375-376.  Decision  Making  (3-3).  The  case  study  and  simulation  approaches  are  used 
for  solution  of  problems  in  managerial  economics,  accounting,  marketing,  finance,  per- 
sonnel, and  production.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or  consent. 

401-402.   Directed  Readings  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

411-412.   Special  Topics  in  Administration  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6—1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions. 

68 


ACCOUNTING 

XlOl-102.  Personal  Finance  (1  to  2—1  to  2).  Stock  market,  investing,  and  personal 
money  management. 

272.  Computer  Systems  For  Accounting  (3).  Introduction  to  data  processing  and 
COBOL  or  RPG  programming  with  application  to  accounting  and  information  systems. 
(Same  as  Computer  272.) 

281-282.  Introduction  to  Accounting  (3-3).  First  semester,  basic  concepts  and  pro- 
cedures; second  semester,  financial  and  administrative  applications. 

381-382.  Intermediate  Accounting  Theory  (3-3).  Accounting  principles  applicable 
to  the  content,  valuation,  and  presentation  of  the  principal  ledger  items;  the  analysis  of 
financial  statements;  working  capital  and  operations;  reorganization;  selected  topics. 
Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

391.  Cost  Accounting  (3).  Procedures  for  accumulating  data  for  product  costing  with 
major  emphasis  on  costs  for  managerial  planning  and  control.  Prerequisite:  Accounting 
281-282. 

392.  Auditing  (3).  A  conceptual  approach  to  auditing  with  attention  directed  to  audit 
reports  and  informational  systems.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

394.  Fund  Accounting  (3).  Principles  and  applications  appropriate  to  governmental 
and  other  non-profit  institutions.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382  or  consent. 

395-396.  Tax  Accounting  (3-3).  Problems  and  procedures  in  connection  with  federal 
and  state  tax  laws  including  the  preparation  of  various  reports.  Prerequisite:  Accounting 
281-282. 

398.  Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (3).  Practical  problems  and  recent  develop- 
ments in  accounting  procedure.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Accounting  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6—1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions. 

EDUCATION 

Emeritis  Professors:  MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS,  M.Ed. 

ROBERT  EDGAR  MOORE,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors:  STEVE  HERING,  Ed.D.,  Chairman 

JEANNE  M.  MIDDLETON,  Ed.D. 

Education  courses,  except  205  and  207,  are  not  open  to  freshmen.  Professional 
training  is  offered  in  both  the  secondary  and  elementary  fields  and  meets  requirements  of 
the  Division  of  Certification,  State  Department  of  Education,  for  the  Class  A  Certificate. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Elementary  Education:  Students  must  complete  the 
courses  necessary  to  obtain  the  Mississippi  Class  A  Elementary  Certificate. 

205.  Child  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  the  theories,  principles,  and  characteristics  of 
human  development  from  conception  to  the  period  of  adolescence.  Same  as 
Psychology  205. 


206.  Child  Development  (3).  An  advanced  study  of  the  cognitive,  physical,  emotional, 
and  psychological  development  of  the  child.  Prerequisite:  Education/Psychology  205. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  the  psychological  and  biological  problems 
in  the  developing  adolescent.  Same  as  Psychology  207. 

211.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  teaches  an  understand- 
ing of  the  structure  of  the  number  system  as  well  as  the  vocabulary  and  concepts  of  sets, 
algebra,  and  geometry  on  the  elementary  level,  with  emphasis  on  individualized  in- 
struction. Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

213-214.  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or 
207. 

305.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3).  Speaking,  writing,  and  listening 
with  special  emphasis  on  linguistics.  Prerequisite:  Education  205  or  207. 

311.  Literature.  Kindergarten  through  3rd  grade.  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205 
or  207. 

313.  Literature:  4th  grade  through  Junior  High  School  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
205  or  207. 

320.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

321.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or 
207. 

323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Music  for  classroom  teachers.  The  basic 
elements  of  theory  are  included.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

337.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  (3).  Teaching  art  in  the  primary  grades  with  em- 
phasis on  correlation  with  other  learning  areas.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

341.  Measurement  and  Evaluation  (3).  Includes  test  terminology,  types  of  instru- 
ments, selection  procedures,  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation,  and  interpreta- 
tion of  test  data. 

345-347.  Principles  of  Early  Childhood  Education  or  Principles  of  Elementary 
Education  (3).  Principles  and  techniques  of  teaching  the  elementary  grades  including 
philosophy  and  foundations  of  education,  organizational  patterns  which  include  the 
self-contained  classroom,  team  teaching,  and  non-gradedness.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  education  of  the  young  child  in  345  and  to  upper  elementary  students  in  347. 

352.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  Applications  of  psychology  to  problems  of  learning 
and  teaching.  Same  as  Psychology  352. 

362.  General  Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3).  A  practicum.  Prere- 
quisite: Ed.  207,  352. 

372.  Principles  of  Secondary  Education  (3).  Legal,  philosophical,  and  historical 
foundations  of  the  modern  high  school  emphasizing  current  practices,  issues,  and 
problems. 

430.   Directed    Observation    and    Student   Teaching    in    the   Elementary   School 

(6).  One  semester.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and  Education  211,  213-214. 

431-432.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School 

(3-3).  Two  semesters.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and  Education  211,  213-214. 

70 


433.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (6). 

8  weeks— full  time. 

452.   Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (6).   One 

semester.  Prerequisite:  C  Average  and  Education  352,  362. 

453-454.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3-3). 

Two  semesters.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and  Education  352,  362. 

455.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  High  School  (6).  8  weeks— full 
time. 


ENGLISH 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Chair  of  English  Literature 

Professor:  GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professors:  PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN,  A.M. 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT,  A.M. 
Assistant  Professors:  DANIEL  G.  HISE,  Ph.D. 

LEROY  PERCY,  Ph.D. 

AUSTIN  WILSON,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  must  take  English  101-102,  103-104,  or 
105,  201-202,  481  in  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  and  eighteen  hours  of  other 
courses  in  the  department.  Majors  must  complete  the  201-202  course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or 
a  modern  foreign  language  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better,  or  pass  an  equivalent  proficiency 
examination.  Students  planning  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  English  are  advised  that  a 
reading  knowledge  of  French,  German,  and  sometimes  Latin  is  generally  required.  A 
minimum  of  one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly  recommended. 

101-102.  Composition.  (3-3).  First  semester,  weekly  themes  and  introductions  to 
essays,  short  stories,  and  the  novel;  second  semester,  research  paper  and  introductions 
to  poetry  and  drama. 

103-104.  Composition  (2-2).  A  specially  designed  course  correlated  with  Heritage 
101-102,  the  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West,  and  intended  to  develop  and  augment  the 
student's  abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and  speaking.  Corequisite:  Heritage  101-102. 

105.  Advanced  Freshman  Composition  (3).  Designed  for  freshmen  with  exceptionally 
strong  preparation  in  English,  as  evidenced  by  an  ACT  score  of  27  or  above  and  the  ex- 
tempore writing  of  an  acceptable  theme  for  a  department  committee,  this  course  con- 
centrates steadily  on  expository,  critical,  and  some  creative  writing.  Readings  in  poetry 
and  short  fiction  or  drama  furnish  materials  for  the  writing.  Class  membership  selected 
by  a  departmental  committee. 

201-202.  English  Literature.  (3-3).  A  survey  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

203-204.  Literature  of  the  Western  World  (3-3).  A  chronological  study  of  selected 
major  works  of  Continental,  British,  and  American  literature  from  Homer  to  the  pres- 
ent. Prerequisite:  English  101-102  or  105  (Not  available  for  credit  to  Heritage 
students.) 

205.  Journalism.  A  basic  course  emphasizing  newswriting  and  reporting.  History  and 
principles  of  journalism;  introduction  to  make-up,  copywriting  and  headlines.  3  hours 
credit.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

71 


301-302.  American  Literature.  (3-3).  A  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  seven- 
teenth century  to  the  present.  Need  not  be  taken  in  sequence.  Prerequisite:  English 
101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

319.  Renaissance  Non-Dramatic  Prose  and  Poetry.  (3).  English  literature  at  the  end 
of  the  sixteenth  century,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  lyric  and 
on  the  early  books  of  The  Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

321.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century.  (3).  Writers  of  the  seven- 
teenth century,  exclusive  of  John  Milton.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

322.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  (3).  Prerequisite:  English 
201-202. 

325.  English  Romantic  Poets.  (3).  Library  readings  and  a  term  paper  are  required. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

326.  Tennyson,  Browning,  and  Arnold.  (3).  Library  readings  and  papers  are  required. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

331.  History  of  the  English  Novel.  (3).  Novels  from  Fielding  to  Hardy  are  cast  in  their 
historical  contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements,  and  critical  tech- 
niques. Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

332.  Modern  Fiction.  (3).  Intensive  reading  of  selected  novels.  Prerequisite:  English 
201-202. 

335.  English  Drama  To  1642.  (3).  A  survey  of  English  drama,  excluding  Shakespeare, 
from  its  beginnings  to  the  closing  of  the  theatres  in  1642.  After  a  brief  introduction  to  the 
early  development  of  English  drama,  there  will  be  extensive  reading  of  representative 
Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  dramatists. 

337.  Modern  Drama  (3).  A  survey  of  drama  from  Ibsen  to  Beckett  and  lonesco.  Pre- 
requisite: English  201-202  or  203-204. 

341.  Modern  English  and  American  Poetry.  (3).  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

350.  Major  American  Writers.  (3).  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

355-356.  American  Renaissance  I  &  IL  (3-3).  Dominant  American  writers  of  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century:  I)  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Whitman;  II)  Poe,  Hawthorne,  Melville. 
Prerequisite:  English  201-202,  or  203-204. 

361.  Chaucer.  (3).  An  introduction  to  Middle  English  language  and  literature;  a  reading 
of  the  Troilus  and  all  the  Canterbury  Tales.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

365-366.  Shakespeare.  (3-3).  The  first  semester  focuses  on  the  plays  before  1603;  the 
second  semester,  on  the  tragedies  and  late  romances.  Each  semester  may  be  taken 
separately.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201-202. 

367.  Milton.  (3).  Important  minor  poems,  selected  prose,  and  all  of  Paradise  Lost, 
Paradise  Regained,  and  Samson  Agonistes.  Reading  and  reports  from  Milton  scholar- 
ship and  a  critical  paper.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

393-394.  Creative  Writing.  (3-3).  A  course  in  the  reading  and  writing  of  poetry  and,  in 
alternative  years,  short  fiction. 

397.  Advanced  English  Grammar  and  Composition.  (3).  An  intensive  study  of 
English  grammar,  taking  account  of  both  current  American  usage  and  formal,  tradi- 
tional usage,  and  a  re-examination  of  expository  composition  as  based  on  thesis  and 

72 


logical  outline.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 
Offered  in  alternative  years;  not  offered  in  1978-79. 

405-406.  Independent  Study.  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  special  areas 
under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  chairman. 

451-452.  Internship.  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  communica- 
tions (newspaper,  radio,  television,  or  advertising)  and  in  library  science  for  well 
prepared  students.  Prerequisite:  Junior  or  Senior  standing  and  consent  of  the  Chair- 
man. 

481.  Junior  Seminar.  (3).  A  survey  of  critical  theory  from  Aristotle  to  the  present. 
Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  various  modern  critical  methodologies  and  their 
application  to  specific  literary  texts. 

GEOLOGY 

Associate  Professor:  WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON,  M.S.,  Chairman 

Any  student  may  enter  physical  geology.  Other  geology  courses  require  specific 
prerequisites.  Most  courses  require  laboratory  work,  some  of  which  is  field  work.  Ad- 
vanced courses  of  the  200-300  series  are  offered  each  third  semester.  Special  problems, 
directed  studies,  and  internships  with  consent  of  the  department  and/or  organization  or 
agency  that  offers  such  programs. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Geology  101-102,  200,  201,  211,  212,  221,  250,  and 
six  semester  hours  of  field  geology.  The  field  geology  may  be  G331  and  G332  combined, 
S371  at  another  college,  or  six  hours  of  G480.  Majors  must  take  Mathematics  115-116, 
Biology  121,  Chemistry  121-122  (and  laboratories  123-124),  and  Physics  131-132.  Ad- 
ditional required  courses  are  three  or  more  hours  each  in  mathematics,  chemistry,  and 
physics. 

101.  Physical  Geology  (3).  The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface,  erosional 
and  depositional  processes,  volcanism,  deformation,  and  economic  deposits.  One  field 
trip.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory. 

Offered  each  fall  semester  and  first  term  summer  school. 

102.  Historical  Geology  (3).  The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  configura- 
tion of  the  continental  masses,  accounting  for  the  kinds  and  distribution  of  surface  rocks 
and  minerals.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101, 
or  consent  of  Department. 

Offered  each  spring  semester,  and  second  term  summer  school. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems  illus- 
trated by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometric  models,  x-ray  structure, 
stereographic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two 
hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  trigonometry. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1979-1980.  I 

201.  Mineralogy  (3).  Geometrical,  physical  and  chemical  properties,  genesis,  and 
atomic  structures  of  minerals.  Use  is  made  of  a  spectroscope,  differential  thermal 
analysis,  density  balances,  and  x-ray  equipment.  A  valuable  elective  for  chemistry  ma- 
jors. Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  Geology  200  and 
Chemistry  121,  123-124. 

Next  offered  spring  semester  1979-80. 

202.  Economic  Geology  (3).  The  chief  economic  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  United 
States  and  other  countries,  with  consideration  of  their  stratigraphy,  genesis,  value,  and 

73 


use.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102,  200, 

and  201. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1980-81. 

211.  Geomorphology  (3).  A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land  forms  than  provided  in 
Geology  101.  The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections  of  the  United  States  are 
studied  systematically,  but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  Coastal  Plain.  Two  lecture 
hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1979-1980. 

212.  Structural  Geology  (3).  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Structural 
features  of  the  rocks  comprising  the  earth's  crusts,  their  origin,  and  their  relations  to 
economic  geology.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Next  offered  spring  semester  1979-80. 

221.   Invertebrate  Paleontology  (3).  Classification  and  morphology  of  fossil  inverte- 
brates with  reference  to  evolutionary  history  and  environment.  Field  trips  to  collect  the 
diagnostic  fossils  of  Mississippi.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  of  laboratory.  Prere- 
quisite: Geology  101-102. 
Next  offered  spring  semester  1979-80. 

231.  Earth  Sciences  for  Teachers  (3).  Designed  to  aid  science  teachers.  The  course 
will  consist  of  a  study  of  earthen  materials  and  will  emphasize  minerals,  geochemistry  of 
minerals,  use  of  physical  properties  in  their  identification,  classification  of  igneous, 
sedimentary  and  metamorphic  rocks,  topographic  maps,  fossils  and  fossilization , 
geologic  time,  plate  tectonics,  and  geology  of  Mississippi.  Course  counts  toward  teacher 
certification.  Prerequisite:  involvement  with  the  teaching  of  science  in  junior  or  senior 
high  school.  Offered  each  semester,  7-10  p.m.,  one  evening  per  week. 

250.  Principles  of  Stratigraphy  (3).  Rock  sequences  treated  in  greater  detail  than  in 
Historical  Geology.  Lithologic  and  paleontologic  facies  of  various  parts  of  the  United 
States.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 
Next  offered  fall  semester  1980-81. 

301.  Geology  of  Mississippi  (3).  The  stratigraphy,  structure,  and  geomorphology  of 
the  southeastern  United  States  with  emphasis  on  Mississippi.  Two  lecture  hours  and 
two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102,  211,  and  212  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. 
Offered  on  request. 

311.  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (3).  .A  petrologic  study  of  the  megascopic 
and  microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and  their  use  in  rock 
classification.  Practice  in  identification  through  the  use  of  hand  specimens  and  thin  sec- 
tions. Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1979-1980. 

312.  Optical  Mineralogy  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  petrographic  microscope,  espe- 
cially to  the  reflective,  refractive,  and  polarizing  properties  of  light  for  the  identification 
of  mineral  fragments  and  minerals  in  thin  sections.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201. 
Next  offered  fall  semester  1980-81. 

321.   Sedimentary  Petrology  (3).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary  rocks 
as  determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spectrochemical  and 
differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and  classification.  Prere- 
quisite: Geology  312  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Next  offered  spring  semester  1979-80. 

74 


G331.  Physical  Marine  Geology  (3).  Physical  processes  at  work  on  the  shores  and 
shallows  of  Mississippi  Sound.  Beaches  and  spits  will  be  surveyed  periodically  to  deter- 
mine changes  in  shape,  height,  cross-section,  lateral  shift,  and  particle  distribution  and 
to  observe  growth  and  destruction  of  bars,  cusps,  spits,  and  tidepools.  Prerequisite: 
Geology  101,  102,  201,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  during  summer  school. 

G332.  Chemical  Marine  Laboratory  (3).  Supervised  research  on  the  chemistry  of  the 
waters  of  Mississippi  Sound  and  the  geochemistry  of  the  bottoms.  Studies  will  be  made 
of  the  lateral,  vertical,  and  tidal  changes  in  water  composition.  Analyses  of  core  samples 
taken  from  different  environments.  Prerequisites:  Geology  101,  102,  201,  quantitative 
analysis  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory,  during  summer  school,  following  G  331. 

5371.  Field  Geology  (6  to  8).  Practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geo- 
logic field  work.  Six  to  eight  hours  credit  depending  on  the  duration  of  the  camp. 
Prerequisite:  To  be  determined  by  the  college  or  colleges  operating  the  course,  the 
probable  equivalent  of  Geology  101-102,  211-212,  and  Geology  200,  201  and  221. 
Offered  each  summer,  generally  at  end  of  Junior  year. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Open  to  advanced  students  who  have 
individual  problems  in  the  field  or  in  the  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  each  semester  and  summer  session. 

403-404.   Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).   Open  only  to  approved  students. 
Offered  each  semester  and  summer  session. 

G480.  Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science  (3-12).  See  page  48. 

GEOGRAPHY 

S105.   Physical  Geography  (3).  The  human  habitat,  designed  for  general  education. 
This  course  is  a  valuable  elective  for  elementary  education,  history,  political  science, 
and  sociology-psychology  majors. 
Offered  in  first  term  summer  school. 

S205.   Economic  Geography  (3).   Special  study  is  devoted  to  changing  trends  in  the 
distribution  of  population,  natural  resources,  and  production  facilities.  This  is  a  desir- 
able elective  for  majors  in  economics,  history,  political  science,  and  education. 
Offered  in  second  term  summer  school. 


GERMAN 

Associate  Professor:  JOHN  L.  GUEST,  A.M.,  Chairman 

Courses  have  been  set  up  to  give  students  taking  their  language  requirements  a  firm 
basis  in  grammar  and  an  introduction  to  the  literature.  For  majors,  courses  give  the  stu- 
dent a  broad  and  basic  conception  of  the  great  literature  and  history  of  Germany. 
Students  attend  scheduled  exercises  in  the  language  laboratory. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  one  semester  of  the  elementary  course  unless  the  other 
semester  is  completed.  Students  who  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern 
foreign  language  in  high  school  may  not  receive  credit  for  the  101-102  course  in  the  same 
language.  Those  who  have  such  credit  take  a  standard  placement  test  at  orientation  and 
are  advised  as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the  college  level 

75 


or  whether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course  on  a  non-credit  basis.  Students  are  en- 
couraged to  take  advanced  placement  tests. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  take  German  341-342  and  any  other  24 
hours. 

101-102.  Beginning  German  (3-3). 

201-202.  Intermediate  German  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  Introduction  to  impor- 
tant writers  of  German  literature.  Prerequisite:  German  101-102  or  the  equivalent. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Composition  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Art  and  music  Knowledge  of  German  not  necessary. 

261-262.  German  Civilization  (3-3).  Cultural  survey  with  special  emphasis  on  history, 
art  and  music.  Knowledge  of  German  not  necessary. 

341-342.  Survey-History  of  German  Literature  (3-3).  Literature  up  to  Goethe.  Lab- 
oratory sessions  devoted  to  art,  music,  and  history.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

351-352.  Goethe,  Schiller  (3-3). 
Not  offered  in  1978-79. 

361-362.  Nineteenth  Century  German  Literature  (3-3).  Readings  from  the  major 
figures  of  Romanticism  and  Realism. 
Not  offered  in  1978-79. 

371-372.  Modern  German  Literature  (3-3).  Readings  from  Hauptmann  to  Ball. 
Offered  in  1978-79. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department 
chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

491.  Seminar  (1). 

HISTORY 

Professor  Emeritus:  ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE,  Ph.D. 

Professors:  FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  ROBERT  S.  McELVAINE,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  history  and  main- 
tain this  grade  for  the  full  course.  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102,  History  201-202, 
and  History  401  must  be  included  in  the  24  semester  hours  of  history  required  for  a  ma- 
jor. A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  comprehen- 
sive examination.  Students  who  expect  to  take  graduate  work  should  take  French  and 
German. 

101.  Western  Civilization  to  1715  (3). 

102.  Western  Civilization  since  1715  (3). 

201.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1877  (3). 

202.  History  of  the  United  States  from  1877  (3). 

241-242.  The  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  historic  and  contem- 
porary experience  of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period  up 
to  1915.  The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1915  to  the  present.  (Same  as 
Sociology  241-242.) 

76 


305.  The  Old  South  (3).  Development  of  the  southern  region  of  the  United  States  from 
the  time  of  discovery  to  the  beginning  of  the  Civil  War.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

306.  The  New  South  (3).   Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

307.  The  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  (3).  An  examination  of  the  political,  eco- 
nomic, military,  diplomatic  and  social  aspects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 
periods.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  or  instructor. 

308.  Mississippi  and  Its  Relation  to  the  South  (3).   Students  may  enroll  for  306  or 

308,  but  not  both.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

309.  The  American  Revolution  and  the  Establishment  of  the  Federal  Union,  1754- 
1789  (3).   Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

310.  The  Age  of  Jefferson  and  Jackson,  1789-1848  (3).  A  continuation  of  History 

309.  Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

311.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the  United 
States  1917-1945.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

312.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  continuation  of  History  311  from  1945 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

313-314.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  First  semester: 
From  Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War.  Second  semester:  From  the  Civil  War  to  the  pre- 
sent. Prerequisite:  History  201-202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

315.  The  Emergence  of  Modern  America  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1877-1916.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

5321.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  The  nature  and  impact  of  such  present-day 
problems  in  international  relations  as  Nationalism,  Imperialism,  Militarism,  and  Propa- 
ganda. Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 

5322.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  A  broad  view  of  the  history  of  Europe  since 
1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 

323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1815-1870;  second 
semester,  1870-1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent. 

325-326.  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1914-1939;  second 
semester,  World  War  II  and  the  post-war  era.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equiva- 
lent. 

327-328.  History  of  England  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  Roman  times  to  the  present. 
The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  the  Stuart  Era,  1603.  The  second  semester 
will  continue  the  study  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  some  attention  to  the  develop- 
ment of  the  British  Empire.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent. 

329-330.  History  of  Russia  (3-3).  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  1855.  The 
second  semester  will  continue  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  special  attention  to  the 
late  19th  century  and  early  20th  century  revolutionary  movements  and  to  the  Soviet 
regime.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent. 

334.  Current  Problems  (3).  Problems  of  national  and  international  importance.  Open 
to  students  who  have  6  sem.  hrs.  credit  in  history. 

77 


401.  Special  Problems  in  History  (3).  A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and  interpreted 
and  of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students  who  have  6  sem. 
hrs.  in  history  and  is  required  of  all  history  majors. 

402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  History  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  covered  in 
other  courses.  Offered  as  required.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department  chairman. 

MATHEMATICS 

The  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Chair  of  Mathematics 

Professor:  SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus:    ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE,  M.S. 
Associate  Professor:  ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors:  HERMAN  L.  McKENZIE,  M.S. 

JOHN  R.  RAMSEY,  JR.,  Ph.D 

Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus  and  the  Senior 
Seminar,  a  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour  courses  in  the 
300-series.  Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must  be  approved  by  the 
department. 

103-104.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (3-3).  Designed  primarily  for  freshman  non- 
science  majors. 

105.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  I  (3).  The  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and  of 
its  subsystems. 

106.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  II  (3).  Informal  geometry  and  the  basic  concepts  of 
algebra. 

115-116.  Pre-calculus  Mathematics  (4-4).  A  two-semester  course  for  freshman 
science  majors. 

172.  Elementary  Statistics  (3).  A  pre-calculus  course  concerned  with  the  description 
of  sample  data,  elementary  probability,  testing  hypotheses,  correlation,  regression,  the 
chi-square  distribution,  analysis  of  variance.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  103  or  115. 

211.  Analytic  Geometry  (4).  Plane  and  solid  analytic  geometry.  Coordinate  systems 
in  the  plane  and  in  space.  Curves  in  two  and  three  dimensions.  Transformations  of 
coordinates.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

S213.  Plane  Analytic  Geometry  (3).  Coordinate  systems.  The  straight  line,  circle, 
ellipse,  parabola,  hyperbola.  Transformations.  The  general  equation  of  the  second 
degree.  Loci  and  higher  plane  curves.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

S215-S216.  Calculus  Is-IIs  (4-4).  An  abbreviated  version  of  Mathematics  225-226 
designed  for  summer  school.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

S217-S218.  Calculus  Is-IIs  (3-3).  Same  as  Mathematics  S215-S216  but  less  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

223-224.  Calculus  I-II  (3-3).  Basically  the  same  as  Mathematics  225-226  but  with  less 
emphasis  on  theory.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

225-226.  Calculus  I-II  (5-5).  The  theory  and  application  of  limits  and  continuity,  dif- 
ferentiation and  integration  of  the  elementary  functions  of  one  variable,  series,  in- 
troductory multivariate  calculus.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

78 


325-326.  Calculus  III-IV  (3-3).  Topological  concepts  and  a  rigorous  treatment  of  con- 
tinuity, integration,  differentiation,  and  convergence  in  n-dimensional  Euclidean  space. 
Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

335.  Probability  (3).  The  concept  of  sample  space.  Discrete  and  continuous  probability 
distributions.  Independence  and  conditional  probability.  Characteristics  of  distributions. 
Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

345.  Abstract  Algebra  (3).  Congruences,  groups,  rings,  ideals,  isomorphisms,  and 
homomorphisms,  fields,  equivalence.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).  Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of  matrices. 
Systems  of  linear  equations.  Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

351.  Differential  Equations  (3).  Differential  equations  of  the  first  and  higher  orders, 
with  applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  time-scale  and  amplitude- 
scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  techniques.  One  lecture 
period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351. 

361.  College  Geometry  (3).  A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geometry,  and 
an  introduction  to  non-Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  I. 

371.  Introductory  Topology  (3).  Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff  spaces, 
compactness,  continuous  mappings.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

391-392.  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (3-3).  Chosen  from  areas  such  as  applied 
mathematics,  number  theory,  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathematics, 
numerical  analysis,  and  history  of  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department 
chairman. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  advanced 
mathematics.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department  chairman. 

491-492.   Seminar  (1-1).  Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 


MUSIC 

Professor  Emerita:  MAGNOLIA  COULLET,  B.M.,  A.M. 

Professors:  JONATHAN  M.  SWEAT,  A.Mus.D.,  Chairman 

C.  LELAND  BYLER,  M.M. 
Associate  Professor:  *      DONALD  D.  KILMER,  M.M. 

Assistant  Professors:  McCARRELL  L.  AYERS,  M.M. 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI,  M.M. 

Requirement  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  music  may  apply  for  either  the 
bachelor  of  music  or  the  bachelor  of  arts  degree. 

Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  bachelor  of  music  with  a  major  in  piano,  voice,  or 
organ  may  be  earned.  The  minimum  credit  required  is  132  semester  hours.  Bachelor  of 
music  candidates  are  required  to  give  a  full  recital  in  each  of  their  final  two  years  of  study. 
A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year. 

Bachelor  of  Arts:  The  degree  of  bachelor  of  arts  with  a  major  in  piano,  organ,  voice, 
or  music  education  may  be  earned.  A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  during  the 

79 


senior  year.  Students  desiring  teacher  certification  should  consider  state  requirements.  A 
senior  recital  is  required  and  must  be  given  while  the  student  is  registered  for  senior  level 
applied  music. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS 

All  students  studying  Applied  Music  must  attend  weekly  repertoire  classes,  all  recitals 
presented  by  the  Music  Department,  and  take  an  examination  before  the  faculty  at  the  end 
of  each  semester. 

PIANO  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an  adequate 
musical  and  technical  background.  (S)he  should  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor 
scales.  (S)he  should  have  had  some  learning  experience  in  all  periods  of  the  standard  stu- 
dent repertory,  such  as  the  Bach  two-part  inventions,  the  Mozart  and  Haydn  sonatas,  the 
Mendelssohn  Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok  Mikrokomos. 

For  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or  organ,  a  piano 
proficiency  examination  is  required.  The  student  must  perform  acceptably,  from  memory, 
the  following  material  (or  its  equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty) :  the  major  and  minor  scales 
and  arpeggios,  a  Bach  two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a  classical  sonatina,  a 
romantic  and  a  contemporary  work  of  moderate  difficulty.  The  student's  ability  at  sight- 
reading  will  be  tested.  Until  the  student  passes  the  piano  proficiency  examination,  (s)he 
must  study  piano  each  semester. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  must  fulfill  repertory  and  technical  requirements 
specified  by  the  department. 

ORGAN  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have  completed 
sufficient  piano  study  to  play  the  Bach  two-part  and  three-part  inventions,  Mozart  and 
Beethoven  sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin,  Schumann,  Mendelssohn,  and  Bartok. 
The  student  should  also  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales  and  arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  degree  must  have  one  year  of  voice  study,  directed 
study  in  organ  literature  and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services,  and  console 
conducting. 

VOICE  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess  above 
average  talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing,  and  musical  in- 
telligence. (S)he  should  know  the  rudiments  of  music  and  be  able  to  sing  a  simple  song  at 
sight.  (S)he  should  have  experience  in  singing  works  from  the  standard  repertory. 

Voice  candidates  for  the  bachelor  of  music  degree  will  be  required  to  have  a  basic 
piano  proficiency  and  18  hours  of  foreign  languages  to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the 
following:  French,  German,  or  Italian. 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Students  electing  the  music  education  major  will  receive  a  bachelor  of  arts  degree, 
not  the  bachelor  of  music. 

Music  Theory 
101-102.   Basic   Theory   (4-4).   Harmonic   part-writing,    sight-singing   and   dictation, 
and  keyboard  harmony.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonization  of  chorales,  modulation,  altered 
chords,  advanced  sight-singing,  harmonic  dictation,  and  keyboard  harmony.  Three  lec- 
ture hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  101-102. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  First  semester  includes:  harmonic  and  structural 
analysis  of  basic  musical  forms  and  study  of  advanced  musical  forms.  The  second 

80 


semester  is  the  study  of  polyphony  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  writing  of  canon  and 
fugue,  and  free  counterpoint  in  contemporary  styles.  Four  lecture  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Theory,  201-202. 

Music  Literature 
215.   Music  Appreciation  (3).    (For  non-majors) .  The  literature  of  music  as  an  important 
aspect  of  Western  culture. 

251-252.  Music  Literature  (2-2).  An  introduction  to  music  history  and  music  literature 
with  special  emphasis  on  aural  comprehension  of  form,  style,  period,  and  composer. 
Open  to  non-music  majors  with  consent  of  instructor. 

381-382.  Music  History  (3-3).  Music  from  antiquity  to  1750,  first  semester,  and  from 
1750  to  the  present,  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  Music  Literature  251-252. 

101.  Directed  Study  (1-3).  Designed  to  correlate  work  studied  and  to  prepare  the  stu- 
dent for  graduate  study.  Research  and  projects  pertaining  to  the  student's  major  in- 
terest. 

Church  Music 
J15.   Music  in  Religion  (3).   Sacred  music  from  antiquity  to  the  present.  Organization 
and  administration  of  the  church  music  program  is  included.  Open  to  non-music  majors 
on  consent  of  the  instructor. 

J61.  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).  Open  to  advanced  organ  students. 

J62.  Console  Conducting  (2).  Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying,  and 
directing  the  choir  from  the  console.  Open  to  advanced  organ  students. 

Music  Education 
323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Teaching  of  music  for  classroom  teachers. 
Same  as  Education  323. 

333.  Music.  Grades  1-6  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music;  a  comparative  sur- 
vey of  current  teaching  materials.  Prerequisite:  Music  101-102. 

335.  Music  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  at  the 
secondary  school  level.  A  comparative  survey  and  study  of  materials  and  texts.  May  be 
taken  in  lieu  of  Education  362.  Prerequisite:  Music  101-102. 

341.  Choral  Conducting  (3).  Conducting,  scorereading,  rehearsal  techniques,  diction 
for  singers. 

342.  Instrumental  Ensemble  (2).  Fundamentals  of  string,  woodwind,  and  brass  instru- 
ments, including  training  methods  and  materials. 

425-435.  Piano  Pedagogy  (2-3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  techniques  and  materials 
used  in  teaching  piano  to  children  and  older  students  in  both  private  and  class  instruc- 
tion. 

440.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  Same 
as  Education  430  or  440.  Prerequisite:  Music  333. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School.  Same  as  Edu- 
cation 452.  Prerequisite:  Music  335. 

Applied  Music 

Courses  are  designated  by  the  first  letter  of  the  instrument,  followed  by  the  proper 
number  from  the  following  table: 
Freshman    111-112;    121-122;    Sophomore   211-212,    221-222;   Junior  311-312, 

81 


321-322;  Senior  411-412,  421-422.  One  or  two  lessons  per  week.  One  or  two  hours 

credit  each  semester. 
181-182;  281-282.  (1).  Class  instruction  in  voice  or  piano  to  a  minimum  of  four  students 

who  meet  for  two  hours  per  week. 
331-332  (3-3).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  junior 

recital. 
441-442  (4-4).   One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  senior 

recital. 

The  300  level  may  be  achieved  only  by  satisfactory  completion  of  the  upper  divi- 
sional examination. 

Additional  semesters  on  each  level  will  be  designated  by  successive  numbering,  i.e., 
113,  114,  etc. 


PHILOSOPHY 

The  J.  Reese  Linn  Chair  of  Philosophy 

Professors:  ROBERT  E.  BERGMARK,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours,  including  202,  301, 

302,  311,  and  492. 

201.  Problems  of  Philosophy.  (3).  A  basic  introduction  to  the  main  problems,  such  as 
knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  God. 

202.  Logic.  (3).  Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and  induc- 
tion (scientific  methods). 

301-302.  History  of  Philosophy.  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a  survey  of  western  phil- 
osophy through  the  Medieval  period;  the  second  semester  from  the  Renaissance 
through  the  nineteenth  century. 

303.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  (3).  A  survey  of  western  philosophy  from  1900 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

311.  Ethics.  (3).  Principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  persona!  and  social  values. 

315.  Existentialism.  (3).  Historical  and  comparative  treatment  of  works  of  such 
thinkers  as  Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,  Heidegger,  Sartre,  Marcel. 

321.  Aesthetics.  (3).  Consideration  of  the  creative  impulse,  of  the  art  object,  and 
standards  of  aesthetic  appreciation. 

331.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  (3). 

351.  Oriental  Philosophy.  (3). 

361.  Philosophy  of  Science.  (3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

381.  Metaphysics.  (3).  Basic  categories  of  experience  and  reality.  Prerequisite:  Phil- 
osophy 201,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings.  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

82 


411-412.  Special  Topic  Courses.  (3-3)  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

492.  Senior  Seminar.  (3).  Intensive  reading  in  a  broad  spectrum  of  issues,  schools, 
and  thinkers.  For  senior  majors. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  ATHLETICS 


Professor: 
Associate  Professors: 

Assistant  Professor: 


JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY,  Ed.D. 
J.  HARPER  DAVIS,  M.Ed. 
MARY  ANN  EDGE,  M.S. 
THOMAS  L.  RANAGER,  M.Ed. 


Chairman 


Two  hours  of  physical  education  are  required  for  graduation. 

ACTIVITY  COURSES 

Most  courses  are  coeducational.  Students  furnish  their  own  gym  clothing.  The 
department  will  furnish  baskets. 


X105. 
X107. 
X109 
Xlll 
XI 13- 
X131 
X231- 
X331 


X106.  Archery  (1-1) 

X108.  Weight  Training  for  Men  (1-1)  X115-X116. 

XllO.  Body  Tone  for  Women  (1-1)  X117-X118. 

X112.  Karate  (1-1)  X119-X120. 

X114.  Water  Safety  (1-1)  X123-X124. 

X132.  Beginning  Horsemanship  (1-1)  X201-X202. 

X232.  Intermediate  Horsemanship  (1-1)  X211-X212. 

X332.  Advanced  Horsemanship  (1-1)  X221-X222. 


Fencing  (1-1) 
Jogging  (1-1) 
Dance  (1-1) 
Basic  Gymnastics 
Golf  (1-1) 
Bowling  (1-1) 
Tennis  (1-1) 


HORSEMANSHIP 

Each  horsemanship  course  carries  a  fee  of  $150  a  student  per  semester. 

Beginning  Horsemanship — Principles  of  equitation,  horsemanship  and  stable  manage- 
ment for  the  beginning  rider. 

Intermediate  Horsemanship— Principles  of  equitation,  dressage,  horsemanship,  and 
stable  management  for  the  intermediate  rider.  Jumping  and  cross-country  riding. 

Advanced  Horsemanship— Principles  of  equitation,  dressage,  horsemanship,  and  stable 
management  for  the  advanced  rider.  Level  of  riding  will  be  determined  by  the  riding  in- 
structor. Introduction  to  show-ring  jumping  and/or  fox  hunting. 


ACADEMIC  COURSES 
305.  Physical  Education  For  the  Elementary  Grades  (3).  The  characteristics  of  the 
elementary  school  child,  activities  suited  to  the  physical  and  mental  levels  represented, 
facilities,  and  equipment. 

308.  Institutional  and  Community  Recreation  (3).  Techniques  and  theories  of  direct- 
ing church  and  other  institutional  and  community  recreation  programs,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  designing  programs  for  all  age  groups. 

311-312.  Theory  of  High  School  Coaching  (3-3). 

321-322.  Athletic  Officiating  (3-3). 

332.  Hygiene  (3).  Personal  health  and  care  of  the  body;  food,  sanitation,  diseases  and 
contagion,  vitamins,  and  hormones. 


83 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 


Professor  Emeritus:  CHARLES  BETTS  GALLOWAY,  A.M. 

Assistant  Professor:  GEORGE  MARSTON  BEARDSLEY,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Requirements  for  Major:  Physics  131-132,  151-152,  231,  311,  316,  331,  371- 
372.  Calculus  I  and  H,  Mathematics  351.  Chemistry  363-364  and  365-366.  Computer 
100  or  110. 

PHYSICS 

111-112.  General  Physics  (3-3).  Fundamentals  of  mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and 
magnetism,  optics,  acoustics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  Three  lecture  periods 
per  week.  A  non-calculus  course  intended  primarily  for  majors  in  the  biological  and 
health  sciences.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  115-116,  corequisite  Physics  151-152. 

131-132.  Classical  Physics  (3-3).  Mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and  magnetism,  optics 
and  acoustics,  covered  more  rigorously  than  in  111-112  and  making  use  of  elementary 
calculus.  Intended  primarily  for  majors  in  the  physical  sciences,  mathematics,  and  the 
Engineering  Cooperative  Program.  Three  lecture  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  115-116,  corequisites:  Physics  151-152  and  Mathematics  223-224  or 
225-226. 

151-152.  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  Experiments  to  accompany  either  of  the  two 
introductory  physics  courses  listed  above.  One  laboratory  period  per  week.  Core- 
quisite: Physics  111-112  or  131-132. 

201.  Radioisotope  Laboratory  (2).  Experiments  with  low-level  sources  of  nuclear 
radiation;  covering  basic  counting  techniques,  interactions  of  radiation  with  matter, 
nuclear  spectra,  and  half-life.  Other  topics  (for  example:  applications  of  nuclear  tech- 
niques to  problems  in  biology  and  medicine  or  in  chemistry)  depending  on  the  interests 
of  the  class.  One  lecture  period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Physics  111-112  or  131-132. 

231.  Modern  Physics  (3).  An  introduction  to  quantum  physics,  with  applications  to 
atomic  and  nuclear  structure.  Physics  131,  132,  and  231  form  a  comprehensive  three 
semester  introduction  to  both  classical  and  modern  physics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  132, 
Mathematics  224  or  226.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Computer  100  or  110. 

301.  Atomic  Physics  (3).  The  structure  and  properties  of  atoms,  molecules  and  solids. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  231,  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  351. 

306.  Nuclear  Physics  (3).  The  structure  and  properties  of  atomic  nuclei,  with  an  intro- 
duction to  the  physics  of  elementary  particles.  Prerequisite:  Physics  301. 

311.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3).  Charges,  currents  and  the  electromagnetic  field. 
Prerequisites:  Physics  231,  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

315.  Optics  (3).  Principles  and  laws  of  reflection,  refraction,  interference,  polarization, 
and  spectroscopy.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prere- 
quisites: Physics  131-132,  Mathematics  223  or  225. 

316.  Electronics  for  Scientists  (4).  Fundamentals  of  electronic  circuits  and  the  use  of 
basic  laboratory  instruments.  Two  three-hour  lecture- laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  131-132. 

318.  Digital  Electronics  (3).  Introduction  to  electronic  processing  of  digitally  coded  infor- 
mation. Includes  binary  arithmetic.  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates,  storage  elements  and 
sequential  logic,  memory  and  processor  circuits,  microcomputer  organization.  One 
three-hour  lecture/laboratory  plus  two  hours  of  independent  laboratory  work  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Computer  318  and  an  introductory  computer  programming  course 
or,  consent  of  the  instructor,  (same  as  Computer  318.) 

84 


331.  Classical  Mechanics  (3).  The  principles  of  Newtonian  mechanics,  with  applica- 
tions to  one  or  more  of  the  following  areas:  fluid  dynamics,  structural  engineering,  solid 
state  physics  or  geophysics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  131-132,  Mathematics  223  or  225. 

336.  Thermal  Physics  (3).  Thermodynamics,  kinetic  theory  of  gases  and  elementary 
statistical  physics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  131-132,  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

351-352.  Photography  (1-1).  Introduction  to  photographic  techniques.  Developing, 
printing,  enlarging  and  toning  of  prints,  flash  use,  exposure  and  filter  intensification. 
One  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

371-372.  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  The  student  is  allowed  to  research  topics 
in  which  he  is  interested.  Open  only  to  juniors  and  seniors.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
instructor. 

G480.  Gulf  Coast  Semester  Research  (3-12). 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Student  presentations  of  current  problems  in  physics 
research.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

ASTRONOMY 

101-102.  General  Astronomy  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  earth,  moon,  time,  the  constella- 
tions, the  solar  system,  the  planets,  comets,  meteors,  the  sun,  the  development  of  the 
solar  system,  and  the  siderial  Universe.  Two  lectures  and  one  observatory  period. 

301-302.  Practical  Astronomy  (3-3).  Spherical  astronomy  and  the  theory  of  astro- 
nomical instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations.  One  lecture 
and  one  double  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Astronomy  101-102  and 
consent  of  the  instructor. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


Associate  Professors:  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS,  J.D.,  Chairman 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Political  Science  101,  102,  351,  352,  301,  302,  and  491, 
and  at  least  nine  additional  hours  in  the  department.  Majors  must  have  a  2.50  average  in 
political  science  course  work. 

Special  Programs.  In  conjunction  with  Drew  University,  political  science  majors 
may  enroll  in  the  United  Nations  Semester  and  the  London  Semester.  In  conjunction  with 
American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the  Washington  Semester.  Each  program  in- 
volves study  for  one  semester  off  campus.  Additional  information  is  given  on  page  46. 

101.  American  Government  I  (3).  A  systems  analysis  of  our  national  political  environ- 
ment, inputs,  and  decision-making  agencies,  involving  study  of  federalism,  political 
parties.  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  the  judiciary. 

102.  American  Government  II  (3).  Output  analysis  of  our  national  fiscal,  regulatory, 
grant-in-aid,  social,  defense,  and  foreign  policies. 

112.  State  and  Local  Government  (3).  Urban  democratic  theory,  community  power 
analysis,  and  institutions  and  policies.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

85 


211.  President  and  Congress.  (3).  Powers,  functions,  organization,  and  decision- 
making processes  of  each  branch,  plus  roll-call  analysis  of  Congress. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

261.  International  Relations  (3).  Issues,  strategies,  and  theories  of  internationeil  politics 
including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense,  imperialism,  balance  of 
power,  economics,  and  international  cooperation. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

262.  U.S.  Foreign  Policy  (3).  Including  diplomatic,  military,  and  economic  aspects 
developed  within  the  context  of  current  issues. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

265.   U.S.  Diplomatic  History  (3). 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

301.  Political  Theory  I  (3).  Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  Hobbes,  Locke, 
Rousseau  and  the  theorists  of  the  American  Revolution. 

302.  Political  Theory  II  (3).  Nineteenth  Century  liberalism,  Marxism,  totalitarianism, 
and  Twentieth  Century  political  thought. 

311.  American  Political  Parties  (3).  Functions,  organization,  nominations,  campaigns, 
and  voting  rights  and  behavior,  with  attention  to  Mississippi  politics. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

338.   Public  Administration  (3).  Theory  and  application  of  planning,  organizing,  staff- 
ing, directing,  coordinating,  reporting  and  budgeting  in  public  agencies. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341.  Comparative  Government  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  other  nations.  Prere- 
quisite: Political  Science  101. 

342.  Comparative  Government  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany,  the  Soviet  Union 
and  selected  Communist  nations.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101. 

351.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  I  (3).  Constitutional  policies,  the  judicial  process, 
court  operation,  and  constitutional  relationships  among  the  three  branches  of  govern- 
ment. Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101. 

352.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  II  (3).  Equal  protection,  criminal  due  process,  and 
first  amendment  freedoms.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  351. 

364.   International  Law  and  Organization  (3).  World  order  in  a  legal  setting. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

452.  The  Mississippi  Legislative  Intern  Program  (3).  A  student  serves  as  an  aide  to 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Mississippi  Legislature  for  one  semester  during  a  regular 
session  of  the  Legislature.  Prerequisite:  (a)  a  major  in  political  science;  (b)  junior  or 
senior  standing;  (c)  permission  of  the  chairman.  Application  should  be  made  early  in 
December  immediately  preceding  a  new  legislative  session. 

86 


453-454.  Constitutional  Liberties  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  law  firm  or  govern- 
ment agency  to  work  as  an  aide.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  351  and  352. 

456.  Public  Administration  Internship  (3-4).  Placement  with  a  federal,  state,  or  local 
government  office  to  work  at  the  middle  management  level.  Prerequisite:  Political 
Science  338. 

491.  The  Senior  Seminar:  Modern  Theory  (3).  Reading,  reports,  and  discussion  on 
the  state  of  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Includes  contributions  by  other  disciplines 
to  politics. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors:  RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department.  Re- 
quired courses  are  202,  271,  309,  310,  315,  491,  303  or  304,  313  or  331.  Under 
unusual  circumstances  a  student  may  substitute  an  elective  course  for  a  required  course  if 
(s)he  passes  an  examination  on  the  subject  matter  covered  by  the  required  course.  This 
special  examination  will  be  administered  by  the  departmental  chairman  and  must  be 
passed  before  the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  comprehensive  examination.  The  student 
successfully  taking  this  special  examination  will  receive  no  additional  course  credit  toward 
the  degree. 

Psychology-Sociology 

A  combined  major  in  Psychology  and  Sociology  may  be  earned  by  completing  30 
semester  hours  in  the  two  departments  combined.  The  following  courses  are  required: 
Psychology  202,  206,  303,  304;  Sociology  101,  102,  221,  492.  The  student  may  elect 
to  take  either  Sociology  281  and  282  or  Psychology  309  and  271.  An  intern- 
ship—Psychology 451  or  452,  or  Sociology  451  or  452— must  also  be  completed.  A  ma- 
jor in  this  program  must  take  at  least  one  course  from  each  full-time  faculty  member  in 
psychology  and  sociology. 

202.  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3).  Methods  of  studying  behavior  in  the  areas  of 
learning,  intelligence,  maturation,  personality,  emotions,  and  perception.  Not  generally 
recommended  for  freshmen. 

205.  Child  Psychology.  Same  as  Education  205. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (2).  Principles  of  communication,  group  interaction,  and 
human  relations. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology.   Same  as  Education  207. 

212.  History  and  Systems  (3).  Emphasis  on  the  outstanding  systems  of  psychological 
thought  as  exemplified  by  both  past  and  contemporary  men  in  the  field. 

214.  Developmental  Psychology  (3).  Topics  emphasized  are:  Piaget's  developmental 
theory,  child-rearing  practices,  early  childhood  development,  and  the  nature-nurture 
issue.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

271.  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3).  Emphasis  on  inferential  techniques. 
Consent  of  instructor. 

303.  Abnormal  Psychology  (3).  Considers  man's  deviations  from  the  normal,  environ- 
mental correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202. 

87 


304.  Theories  of  Personality  (3).  Consideration  of  the  whole  spectrum  of  personality 
theories,  including  Freudian,  humanistic,  existential,  and  behavioristic  models.  Prere- 
quisite: Psychology  202. 

307.  Physiological  Psychology  (4).  The  physiological  processes  underlying  psycho- 
logical activity,  including  physiological  factors  in  learning,  emotion,  motivation,  and 
perception.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202;  Biology  121-122  or  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 

309.  Experimental  Psychology:  Methodology,  Psychophysics,  and  Scaling  (3).  In- 
troduction to  philosophy  of  science;  experimental  methods  and  design;  analysis  and  in- 
terpretation of  data;  and  scientific  writing.  Content  areas  include  psychophysics,  scal- 
ing, sensory  systems,  and  perception.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and  271. 

310.  Experimental  Psychology:  Learning  (3).  Research  with  both  human  and  animal 
subjects  is  considered.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  309. 

312.  Operant  Conditioning  Laboratory  (1).  Experience  with  the  techniques  of  operant 
conditioning.  Student  will  work  one  on  one  with  a  rat  and  explore  several  schedules  of 
reinforcement.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

313.  Psychology  of  Motivation  (3).  Emphasizes  the  initiation  of  a  sequence  of  be- 
havior, including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  Examines  both  theory  and 
research  findings  involving  biological  and  social  controls  of  behavior.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202. 

314.  Learning  (3).  Principles  and  theories  of  learning.  Experimental  findings  related  to 
the  theories  of  Thorndike,  Guthrie,  Hall,  Tolman,  and  Skinner  are  examined.  Prere- 
quisite: Psychology  202. 

315.  Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and 
either  Mathematics  172  or  Psychology  271. 

316.  Basic  Circuitry  and  Instrumentation  in  Behavioral  Research  (1).  Research  ap- 
plications of  equipment  in  common  use  in  psychology  laboratories.  The  student  will 
devise  and  construct  simple  circuitry. 

320.  Cognitive  Processes  (3).  An  examination  of  the  processes  of  thinking,  reasoning, 
problem  solving,  concept  formation,  memory,  hypnosis,  and  parapsychology.  Prere- 
quisite: Psychology  202. 

331.  Perception  (3).  Perceptual  phenomena  and  the  theories  which  have  been  con- 
structed to  explain  them.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

352.  Educational  Psychology.  Same  as  Education  352. 

390.  Comparative  Psychology  (3).  Behavior  of  lower  animals.  Relation  of  behavior  to 
organismic  structures  and  environmental  stimuli.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

401-402.   Directed  Reading  (1  to  3—1  to  3).   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
instructor. 

411-412.   Special  Topics.  (1  to  3—1  to  3).   Open  only  to  approved  students. 

451-452.   Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

453-454.  Teaching  Practicum  (3).  As  a  member  of  a  teaching  team,  the  student  will 
attend  all  classes  of  the  introductory  Psychology  course  and  will  lead  a  tutorial  group 
composed  of  a  portion  of  the  students  enrolled  in  the  same  introductory  course.  Prere- 
quisite: Selection  by  instructor. 

491.  Seminar  (3).  Reading  of  selected  books  and  articles  as  a  basis  for  critical  classroom 
discussion. 

88 


RELIGION 


The  Tatum  Chair  of  Religion 

Professors:  LEE  H.  REIFF,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III,  Ph.D. 
HARRY  W.  GILMER,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Majors  must  take  an  additional  25  hours  beyond  the  hours 
required  of  all  students  for  graduation  including  201,  202,  391,  392,  492.  Philosophy 
331  may  be  counted  as  three  hours  on  the  religion  major  if  the  student  satisfies  the 
philosophy  requirements  with  an  additional  six  hours  in  philosophy. 

201.  The  Story  of  the  Old  Testament  (3). 

202.  The  Story  of  the  New  Testament  (3). 

210.  Ways  of  Being  Religious  (3).  The  study  of  religious  phenomena  through  the 
analysis  and  critique  of  expressions  and  practices  found  in  the  religions  of  the  world. 

252.  The  Educational  Work  of  the  Church  (3). 

301.  The  Teachings  of  Jesus  (3). 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3). 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

311.  The  Life  of  Paul  (3). 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

351.   Church  and  Society  (3).  The  church  in  the  present  social  order. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381.  World  Religions  (3). 

391-392.  History  of  Christianity  (3-3).  The  development  of  Christianity  and  Christian 
thought  from  Jesus  to  the  High  Middle  Ages,  and  from  the  High  Middle  Ages  through 
the  Reformation  to  the  present.  Either  semester  may  be  taken  alone. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Individualized  reading  and  research. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Individual  investigation  culminating 
in  a  written  report.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly  offered, 
for  an  organized  class  of  interested  students.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department 
and  division  chairman. 

492.  Seminar  (1). 


ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 

Associate  Professor  Emerita:  NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI,  A.M. 

Associate  Professors:  BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN,  A.M.,  Chairman 

HILLIARD  SAUNDERS,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor  :  ROBERT  JOEL  KAHN,  Ph.D. 

89 


A  student  does  not  enter  courses  201  and  202  in  French  and  Spanish  until  the 
101-102  course  or  the  equivalent  has  been  satisfactorily  completed.  Students  with  two  or 
more  units  of  a  modern  foreign  language  in  high  school  will  be  given  a  standard  place- 
ment test  and  advised  as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the  col- 
lege level  or  whether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course.  A  student  will  not  be  admitted 
to  courses  321  and  322  in  French  or  Spanish  until  201  and  202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer 
student)  have  been  satisfied.  Under  no  condition  will  a  student  be  permitted  to  begin 
French  and  Spanish  the  same  year. 

A  student  should  consult  the  professors  in  charge  before  planning  to  take  more  than 
two  modern  languages.  Any  course  not  already  counted  may  be  used  as  a  junior  or  senior 
elective.  Credit  is  not  given  for  101  unless  102  is  completed. 

A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  the  language  laboratory  is  required  in  all  beginn- 
ing courses. 

Requirements  for  Majors  in  French  or  Spanish:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours 
is  required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  although  30  hours  is  recommended.  If  a  candidate 
takes  only  the  minimum  of  required  courses,  18  hours  must  be  in  the  literature  of  the 
target  language. 


FRENCH 

101-102.  Elementary  French  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  practice. 

201-202.  Intermediate  French  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
French  prose.  Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  two  years  of  high  school  French. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluency 
in  the  use  of  the  spoken  language.  Composition  drill  is  also  given.  Emphasis  on  civiliza- 
tion in  the  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  equivalent. 

301-302.  Advanced  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  This  course  may 
be  taken  in  addition  to  and  may  also  substitute  for  French  251-252.  Prerequisite: 
French  201-202  or  equivalent. 

321-322.  Survey  of  Medieval  and  Renaissance  French  Literature  (3-3).  Instruction 
and  recitation  principally  in  French.  Prerequisite:  French  201-202  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

331-332.   Seventeenth  Century  French  Literature  (3-3).   Special  attention  is  given  to 
the  works  of  Corneille,   Moliere,   Racine,   and  La  Fontaine.   Prerequisite:   French 
321-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341-342.   French  Literature  in  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3-3).   Extensive  readings  in 
Rousseau  and  Voltaire.   Second  semester  concentrates  on  the  dramatic  literature. 
Prerequisite:  French  321-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  French  Literature  (3-3).  First  semester  deals  with  pre- 
Romantics,  early  Romantic  prose  writers,  and  the  Romantic  poets  and  novelists.  A 
survey  of  French  Romantic  drama  is  also  given.  Second  semester  deals  with  Parnas- 
sianism,  Symbolism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism.  Prerequisite:  French  321-322  or 
equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

90 


361-362.   French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3-3).  First  semester  deals  with 
Maeterlinck,  Proust,  Bergson,  Gide,  Peguy,  and  Claudel.  Second  semester  deals  with 
Breton  and  the  Surrealists,  Malraux,  Giraudoux,  Anouih,  Sartre,  and  Camus.  Prere- 
quisite: French  321-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 


ITALIAN 

Italian  251-252.  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  This  course  is  designed  to 
afford  the  student  with  two  years  of  another  modern  foreign  language,  a  knowledge  of 
the  structure  of  the  Italian  language  in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester,  a 
cultural  reader  is  used  incorporating  oral  proficiency  training.  It  is  recommended  for 
music  students.  Offered  on  sufficient  demand  and  when  teaching  schedules  and  staff 
permit.  Prerequisite:  Two  years  of  another  modern  foreign  language  and  consent  of  the 
instructor. 


SPANISH 

101-102.  Elementary  Spanish  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
Spanish  prose.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  or  two  units  of  high  school  Spanish. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluency 
in  the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization.  Laboratory  drill. 
Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  and  preferably  201-202. 

321-322.  Survey  of  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  The  first 
semester  considers  the  literature  from  the  jarchas  to  the  Early  Renaissance.  The 
second  semester  covers  Late  Renaissance  and  Golden  Age  authors.   Prerequisite: 
Spanish  201-202. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

331-332.  The  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age  (3-3).  The  first  semester  includes  best 
known  plays  of  the  most  representative  Spanish  dramatists  of  the  Golden  Age  from 
Cervantes  to  Calderon.  The  second  semester  is  a  detailed  study  of  the  life  and  works  of 
Miguel  de  Cervantes,  primarily  the  Quijote.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202  and 
preferably  321-322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

351-352.   Nineteenth  Century  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  includes 
historical  background  and  characteristics  of  nineteenth  century  drama  and  poetry.  The 
second  semester  deals  with  the  Spanish  novel  in  the  19th  century.   Prerequisite: 
Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361-362.   Spanish  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3-3).  The  first  semester  deals 
with  the  Generation  of  '98.  The  second  semester  deals  with  Jimenez,  Garcia  Lorca, 
Casona,  Cela,  Laforet,  Zunzunegui,  and  others.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  321-322  or 
equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

91 


381-382.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  deals  with 
the  Colonial  and  Independence  Periods.  The  second  semester  covers  the  Nineteenth 
and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

LINGUISTICS 
391-392.  Introduction  to  Comparative  Linguistics  (3-3).  This  course  emphasizes  the 
historical  development  of  the  Indo-European  languages;  structural  linguistics,  seman- 
tics, and  phonetics;  problems  related  to  the  teaching  of  language  and  philological 
research.  Prerequisite:  French,  German,  or  Spanish  201-202  or  Italian  251-252. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 


Associate  Professor:  FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER,  M.S.T.,  Chairwoman 

Assistant  Professor:  HAN  T.  DO  AN,  Ph.D. 

Sociology  is  the  study  of  human  interaction.  Its  focus  ranges  from  intimate,  face-to- 
face  relations  to  the  organization  of  whole  societies.  Sociology  seeks  to  understand  the 
ways  in  which  people  act  in  groups  and  to  explain  why  they  do  so. 

Anthropology  is  the  study  of  human  beings,  their  culture  and  evolution.  It  is  par- 
ticularly concerned  with  the  way  of  life  of  people  much  different  from  ourselves  such  as 
the  Pygmy,  the  Eskimo  and  the  Cheyenne. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department.  Re- 
quired courses  are  101,  201,  281,  282,  492,  493  and  any  other  three  courses  offered  by 
the  department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  281  and  282  in  their  sophomore  or  junior 
years,  492  and  493  in  their  junior  or  senior  years. 

Psychology-Sociology 

A  combined  major  in  Psychology  and  Sociology  may  be  earned  by  completing  30 
semester  hours  in  the  two  departments  combined.  The  following  courses  are  required: 
Psychology  202,  206,  303,  304;  Sociology  101,  102,  221,  492.  The  student  may  elect 
to  take  either  Sociology  281  and  282  or  Psychology  309  and  271.  An  intern- 
ship—Psychology 451  or  452,  or  Sociology  451  or  452 — must  also  be  completed.  A  ma- 
jor in  this  program  must  take  at  least  one  course  from  each  full-time  faculty  member  in 
psychology  and  sociology. 

101.  Introduction  to  Sociology  (3). 

102.  Socieil  Problems  in  American  Society  (3).  Analysis  of  life-cycle  problems,  such 
as  adolescence,  old  age,  status  of  women,  and  community  problems  such  as  poverty, 
racism,  war. 

205.  Sociology  of  Religion  (3).  Theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,  nature,  and  insti- 
tutional structure  of  religion.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (2).  Same  as  Psychology  206. 

221.  Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).  Explores  purpose,  techniques  and  organization 
of  the  profession.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

92 


240.  Minority  Group  Relations  in  American  Society  (3).  Sociological  theory  and 
research  on  racial  and  ethnic  groups  in  the  U.S. 

241-242.  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  Deals  with  the  historic  and  contemporary 
experience  of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period  up  to  1915. 
The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1915  to  the  present.  Same  as  History 
241-242. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

281.  Methods  and  Statistics  I  (3).  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science,  ethicd  issues  in 
social  research,  basic  methods  of  data-gathering,  qualitative  analysis,  descriptive 
statistics.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  equivalent. 

282.  Methods  and  Statistics  II  (3).  Advanced  data  analysis,  methods  of  data 
presentation  and  introduction  to  computer  use.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  281. 

301.  Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).  Emphasis  on  changing  roles  of  men  and  women 
and  patterns  of  child  rearing  in  contemporary  society. 

321.  Urban  Sociology  (3).  Theory  and  research  on  the  city  and  the  problems  of  urban 
life.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

332.  Collective  Behavior  (3).  Mass  behavior  and  mass  movement,  such  as  riots,  fads, 
and  social  movements,  their  causes  and  effects.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341.  Social  Factors  in  Health  (3).  Covers  doctor/patient  relationships,  organization  of 
health  in  the  United  States,  the  effect  of  social  variables  on  health  and  illness. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361.   Population  Problems  (3).  Population  theory;  demographic  forces,  fertility,  migra- 
tion, mortality;  and  population  research  tools.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent 
of  instructor. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371.  Social  Stratification.  Research  methods,  theories  and  empiriceJ  findings  pertain- 
ing to  social  stratification.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381.  Death  and  Grief  (3).  Topics  include  stages  of  dying,  relationships  of  patients  to 
family  and  medical  staff,  ethical  issues  surrounding  death,  stages  of  grief  and  functions 
of  rituals.  Prerequisite:  Junior  or  senior  standing. 

391.  Sociology  of  Deviance  (3).  Crime,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality,  drug 
use,  alcoholism,  prostitution,  and  other  forms  of  deviance,  viewed  from  a  non- 
moralistic  sociological  perspective. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  and 
conducted  independently  by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  with  report  due  at  end  of 
semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Inquiry  by  a  junior  or  senior  major 
capable  of  independent  work  with  minimum  of  supervision.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  normally 
covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
101. 

93 


451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  ar\d  training  for  majors 
working  with  selected  organizations  engaged  in  social  research,  social  work,  and  com- 
munity organization.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

492.  Seminar  in  Sociologicsil  Theory  I  (3).  Historical  approach  to  theoreticcJ  develop- 
ment in  sociology,  focusing  on  European  school,  social  reformers,  and  symbolic  in- 
teractionists.  For  junior  or  senior  majors. 

381.  Death  and  Grief  (3).  Topics  include  stages  of  dying,  relationships  of  patients  to 
family  and  medical  staff,  ethical  issues  surrounding  death,  stages  of  grief  and  functions 
of  rituals.  Prerequisite:  Junior  or  senior  standing. 

493.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  II  (3).  Modern  sociological  theory,  ranging 
from  functionalism  to  conflict  theory  and  phenomenology.  Opportunities  to  integrate 
and  expand  upon  current  sociological  knowledge.  For  junior  or  senior  majors. 


ANTHROPOLOGY 

201.  Introduction  to  Anthropology  (3).  Basic  concepts  and  approaches  to  anthro- 
pology, archaeology,  and  particularly  cultural  and  social  patterns  of  preliterate  peoples. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  by 
a  junior  or  senior  major,  and  conducted  independently  by  outstanding  student. 
Research  report  due  at  the  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Readings  in  an  eirea  of  special  interest 
to  the  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  independent  work  with  supervision. 
Report  due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  cov- 
ered in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students. 

THEATRE 

Professor:  LANCE  GOSS,  A.M.,  Chairman 

Visiting  Lecturer:  JAMES  McGAHEY,  M.F.A. 

SPEECH 
Requirements  for  a  major  in  Theatre:  30  hours  to  include  Theatre  103-104, 
141-142,  203-204,  205-206,  305-306,  395-396,  402. 

101.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Public  Speaking  (3).  Each  student  delivers  a  minimum 
of  five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult  material  and  situations. 
Emphasis  on  development  of  correct  breathing,  proper  pronunciation,  accurate  enun- 
ciation, and  an  effective  platform  manner.  Individual  attention  and  criticism. 

102.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Oral  Reading  (3). 

THEATRE 
103-104.  Introduction  to  Theatre  (3-3). 

131-132  (Freshman),  231-232  (Sophomore),  331-332  (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 
Performance.  Practical  experience  in  production  by  the  Millsaps  Players.  The  first  two 
semesters  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with  Theatre  103-104.  One  hour  per  semester 
to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 

94 


141-142.  Theatre  Movement  (1-1).  Includes  classical  ballet  barre,  pantomime,  exer- 
cises, basic  dance  steps,  and  general  movement. 

S171-S172.  Summer  Workshop  (3-3).  Includes  acting,  production,  and  performance 
techniques.  Experience  in  summer  production  by  The  Millsaps  Players. 

203-204.  Production  I,  Introduction  to  Theatrical  Production  (3-3).  Emphasis  on 
basic  stagecraft,  lighting,  properties  and  sound. 

205-206.  Acting  (2-2).  Basic  principles  of  acting  in  modern  plays,  first  semester;  second 
semester,  acting  in  pre-modern  drama.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104. 

301.  Greek  Drama  (3).  The  theatre  of  ancient  Greece. 

305-306.  The  History  and  Literature  of  the  Theatre  (4-4).  Prerequisite:  Theatre 
103-104. 

312.  Theatre  in  America  (3).  American  theatre  since  1900.  Prerequisite:  Theatre 
305-306. 

337.  Modern  Drama.  See  English  337. 

365-366.  Shakespeare.  See  English  365-366. 

395-396.  Directing  (2-2).  Coversallfacetsof  the  director's  role.  Prerequisite:  103-104. 

402.  Directed  Reading  (2).  A  seminar  for  theatre  majors  including  independent  study, 
research,  and  reports.  Designed  to  cover  areas  of  special  interest  not  necessarily  in- 
cluded in  other  courses. 

451-452.  Internship  (3-3).  Practical  experience  in  scenery  and/or  lighting  with  the 
Mississippi  Authority  for  Educational  Television.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  303-304  and 
consent  of  instructor.  (Offered  in  summer  sessions  only.) 


95 


7 

register 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 
1978-79 

OFFICERS 

James  B.  Campbell Chairman 

Mack  B.  Stokes Vice  Chairman 

Clay  Lee Secretary 

J.  Herman  Hines Treasurer 


REGULAR  TRUSTEES 
Term  Expires  in  1980 

W.  F.  Appleby Louisville 

N.  A.  Dickson Jackson 

Mrs.  Clarie  Collins  Harvey Jackson 

Clay  Lee Jackson 

C.  M.  Murry Oxford 

Leo  Seal,  Jr Gulfport 

Mrs.  W.  F.  Tate Tupelo 

R.  T.  Woodard Olive  Branch 


Term  Expires  in  1983 

B.  F.  Lee Columbus 

J.  Willard  Leggett,  III Gulfport 

Robert  M.  Matheny Hattiesburg 

Hyman  F.  McCarty Magee 

George  B.  Pickett,  Sr Jackson 

Mike  Sturdivant Glendora 

Samuel  Winbush Winona 

Edward  E.  Woodall,  Jr Batesville 


SPECIAL  TRUSTEES 
Term  Expires  in  1981 

G.  C.  Cortright Rolling  Fork 

Morris  Lewis,  Jr Indianola 

David  A.  Mcintosh Jackson 

W.  H.  Mounger Jackson 

N.  S.  Rogers Houston,  Texas 

Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr Jackson 


Term  Expires  in  1984 

Robert  L.  Ezelle Jackson 

Alan  R.  Holmes South  Orange,  New  Jersey 

W.  V.  Kemp Winona 

Robert  O.  May Greenville 

Richard  McRae Jackson 

LeRoy  P.  Percy Greenville 

Miss  Eudora  Welty Jackson 

98 


FACULTY  REPRESENTATIVE 

-rank  M.  Laney,  Jr Jackson 

COLLEGE  ATTORNEY 

V.  F.  Goodman,  Jr Jackson 

TRUSTEES  EMERITI 

?oy  Boggan Tupelo 

•red  B.  Smith Ripley 

Jen  M.  Stevens,  Sr Richton 


STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

1977-78 

\cademic  Committee:  Mrs.  W.  F.  Tate,  Chairwoman;  W.  F.  Appleby, 
W.  V.  Kemp,  Robert  M.  Matheny 

\udit  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Chairman;  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  William  H.  Mounger 

buildings  and  Grounds:  Robert  L.  Ezelle,  Chairman;  Clay  Lee,  Richard  McRae,  Robert 
O.  May 

LXternal  Affairs  Committee:  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Chairman;  George  B.  Pickett,  Sr., 
J.  Willard  Leggett,  III,  C.  M.  Murry,  Leo  Seal,  Jr.,  B.  F.  Lee 

-inance  Committee:  William  H.  Mounger,  Chairman;  G.  Cauley  Cortright,  Alan  R. 
Holmes,  Morris  Lewis,  Jr.,  Nat  S.  Rogers,  Tom  B.  Scott,  R.  T.  Woodard,  Mike 
Sturdivant,  LeRoy  P.  Percy 

nvestor  Responsibility  Committee:  William  H.  Mounger,  Mrs.  Clarie  Collins  Harvey, 
Hyman  F.  McCarty 

student  Affairs  Committee:  David  A.  Mcintosh,  Chairman;  Edward  E.  Woodall,  Jr., 
Samuel  Winbush,  N.  A.  Dickson,  Miss  Eudora  Welty 

Lxecutive  Committee:  Mrs.  W.  F.  Tate,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Robert  L.  Ezelle,  William  H. 
Mounger,  David  A.  Mcintosh,  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Mack  B.  Stokes,  Mrs.  Clarie 
Collins  Hcirvey,  Mike  Sturdivant,  Edward  E.  Woodall,  Jr. 

Ex  Officio 

All  Committees:  James  B.  Campbell,  George  M.  Harmon,  Mack  B.  Stokes 

Academic  Committee:  Harry  W.  Gilmer 

Finance  Committee:  Frank  M.  Laney,  Jr. 

Student  Affairs  Committee:  President  of  Student  Government 

External  Affairs  Committee:  Mrs.  Jeanne  B.  Luckett 

Finance,  Audit,  Executive  Committees:  J.  Herman  Hines 

99 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ADMINISTRATION 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 

President 

HARRY  W.  GILMER B.A.,  B.D.,  Ph.D. 

Dean  of  the  Faculty 

DON  E.  STRICKLAND B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  C.P.A. 

Vice  President  for  Business  Affairs 

WILLIAM  W.  FRANKLIN .A.B.J. 

Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

JOHN  H.  CHRISTMAS B.S.,  A.M. 

Director  of  Admissions 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

SARA  L.  BROOKS 

Director  of  Records 

JANE  CORDER B.B.A.,  M.Ed. 

Dean  of  Women 

DON  FORTENBERRY B.A,  M.Div. 

Chaplain 

WARRENE  W.  LEE 

Business  Office  Manager 

JAMES  J.  LIVESAY A.B. 

Director  of  Alumni  and  Church  Relations 

JAMES  N.  McLEOD B.A.,  L.L.B. 

Placement  Director 

LAURA  C.  PAMBIANCHI B.S.E. 

Director  of  Public  Information 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR A.B.,M.L.S. 

Head  Librarian 

LEONARD  W.  POLSON 

Director  of  Services 

CHARLES  S.  WEST B.S. 

Director,  Data  Processing 

JACK  L.  WOODWARD A.B.,  B.D. 

Dean  of  Men  and  Director  of  Financial  Aid 

100 


THE  COLLEGE  FACULTY 

EMERITI  FACULTY 

LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL  (1963) Emerita  Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN  (1966) Instructor,  Catalog  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET  (1927) Emerita  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Graduate  Work, 

American  Academy  in  Rome,  University  of  Chicago;  B.M.,  Belhaven  College; 

Graduate  Work  in  Voice,  Bordeaux,  France;  A.M.  (German),  University  of 

Mississippi;  Advanced  Study,  Goethe  Institute,  Germany 

ELIZABETH  CRAIG  (1926) Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Barnard  College,  Columbia  University;  A.M.,  Columbia  University; 

Diplome  de  la  Sorbonne,  Ecolc  de  preparation  des  professeurs  de  francais 

a  I'etranger,  Faculte  des  Lettres,  Universite  de  Paris;  Advanced  Graduate 

Work,  Columbia  University;  Palmes  Academiques 

CHARLES  BETTS  GALLOWAY  (1939) Emeritus  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Duke  University 

MARGUERITE  WATKINS  GOODMAN  (1935) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Agnes  Scott  College;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI  (1952) Emerita  Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Tulane  University; 
Advanced  Study,  University  of  Southern  California 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS  (1960) Emerita  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE  (1968) Instructor,  Order  Librarian 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 

ROBERT  EDGAR  MOORE  (1960) Emeritus  Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Alabama; 
Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE  (1923) Emeritus  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD  (1947) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

RICHARD  R.  PRIDDY  (1946) Emeritus  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Ohio  Northern  University;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE  (1952) Emeritus  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College; 
Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College,  University  of  Tennessee 

GEORGE  ROYSTER  STEPHENSON  (1963) Emeritus  Associate  Professor  of 

Ancient  Languages 
A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  University  of  the  South;  L.L.D.,  Mississippi  College 

THURSTON  WALLS  (1957) Emeritus  Professor  of  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Texas;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

101 


FACULTY 

(The  year  in  parentheses  after  each  name  indicates  the 
first  year  of  service  at  Millsaps  College) 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Rice  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  El  Paso;  J.D.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

McCARRELL  L.  AYERS  (1965) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ  (1966) Dan  White  Professor  of  Economics 

A. A.,  Belleville  Jr.  College;  B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Baylor  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BA VENDER  (1966) Associate  Professor  of 

Political  Science 
A.B.,  College  of  Idaho;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Post  Graduate 
Work,  University  of  Texas 

GEORGE  MARSTON  BEARDSLEY  (1974) Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Stanford  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ROBERT  EDWARD  BERGMARK  (1953) J.  Reese  Linn  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.  (1962) J.  B.  Price  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD  (1959) Milton  Christian  White  Professor  of 

English  Literature 

A.B.,  Murray  State  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

LAURIE  L.  BROWN  (1977) Instructor,  Acquisitions  Librarian 

B.A,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 

Tulane  University;  Diploma  de  Estudios  Hispanicos 

de  la  Universidad  de  Madrid 

C.  LELAND  BYLER  (1959) Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College;  M.M.,  Northwestern  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
University  of  Michigan,  University  of  Colorado 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN  (1960) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  Graduate  Work,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

Uppsala  University  (Sweden),  University  of  Hawaii;  M.S.T.,  Illinois 

Institute  of  Technology 

102 


LILLIAN  McKINNEY  COOLEY  (1974) Assistant  Professor,  Associate  Librarian 

A.B.,  Spelman  College;  M.S.L.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS  (1964) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Head  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
Mississippi  State  University 

HAN  T.  DOAN  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  M.P.A.,  Saigon  University;  Ph.D.,  Brigham  Young  University 

MARY  ANN  EDGE  (1958) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

S.  RICHARD  FREIS  (1975) Assistant  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages  and 

Director  of  Heritage 

B.A.,  St.  John's  College  in  Annapolis;  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

FRANCIS  WILLIAM  FROHNHOEFER  (1972) Assistant  Professor  of  Administration 

and  Accounting 

A.B.,  Catholic  University  of  America;  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania;  M.B.A.,  The  Wharton  School 

HARRY  W.  GILMER Professor  of  Religion 

B.A.,  Emory  and  Henry  College;  B.D.,  Candler 
School  of  Theology;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

LANCE  GOSS  (1950) Professor  of  Speech; 

Director  of  The  Millsaps  Players 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Northwestern  University; 

Special  Study,  The  Manhattan  Theatre  Colony;  Summer  Theatre,  The  Ogunquit 

Playhouse  and  the  Belfry  Theatre;  Cinema  Workshop, 

The  University  of  Southern  California 

JOHN  L.  GUEST  (1957) Associate  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas;  A.M.,  Columbia  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 

New  York  University;  Ottendorfer  Fellowship  in  Germanic  Philology, 

Bonn  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  University  of  Vienna 

PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN  (1946) Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
University  of  Southern  California 

FLOREADA  MONTGOMERY  HARMON  (1972) Instructor,  Circulation  Librarian 

A.B.,  Tougaloo  College;  A.M.L.S.,  Louisiana  State  University 

DAVID  C.  HEINS  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

A. A.,  Odando  Junior  College;  B.A.,  Florida  Technological  University;  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  University; 

Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

STEVE  HERING  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D  .  Memphis  State  University 

DANIEL  G.  HISE  (1969) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley;  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

103 


KAREN  H.  HOLLEMAN  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Economics,  Accounting  and 

Administration 

B.S.,  Mississippi  University  for  Women;  M.B.A.,  Mississippi  College 

WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON  (1954) Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College;  Graduate  Work,  Missouri  School  of 
Mines,  University  of  Missouri 

ROBERT  J.  KAHN  (1976) Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York;  M.A.,  Middlebury;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania 

State  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  University  of  Pau,  University  of 

Nice,  Loyola  College  in  Montreeil,  Institut  Catholique  de  Paris 

DONALD  D.  KILMER  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
University  of  Kansas,  University  of  Illinois 

SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX  (1949) .  .  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.  (1953) Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY  (1956) Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami  (Florida);  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III  (1959) Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

ROBERT  S.  McELVAINE  (1973) Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton; 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 

JAMES  McGAHEY  (1977) Visiting  Lecturer  in  Theatre 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

HERMAN  LAMAR  McKENZIE  (1963) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN  (1962) Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D., 
Mississippi  State  University 

JEANNE  M.  MIDDLETON  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Harveird  University 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS  (1969) Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  The  University  of  Mississipi 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS  (1967) Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Missouri; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Waterloo 

JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY  (1959) Professor  and  Director  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers;  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

HUGH  BRAD  MUSICK  (1977) Visiting  Lecturer  in  Biology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara; 
Ph.D,  University  of  Arizona. 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri;  Advanced 
Graduate  Work,  University  of  Missouri 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
Vanderbilt  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  Universite  de  Clermont-Ferrand 

104 


JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.  (1969) Associate  Professor,  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  Peabody  College 

LEROY  PERCY  (1975) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Yale  University;  M.A.,  Cambridge  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI  (1965) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

JOHN  R.  RAMSEY  JR.  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Northwestern  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER  (1964) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education; 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

LEE  H.  REIFF  (1960) latum  Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS  (1968) Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Kh.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

HILLIARD  SAUNDERS,  JR.  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Diplome  de  Cours  de  Civilization  Francaise  at  la  Sorbonne, 
Paris;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Louisisma  State  University 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.  (1969) Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

MICKE  JOE  SMITH  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Memphis  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

JONATHAN  MITCHELL  SWEAT  (1958) Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D.,  The  University  of  Michigan 

RUFUS  ENOCH  TURNER,  JR.  (1975) Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Delta  State  University;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Alabama 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR  (1967) Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS  (1968) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

A. A.,  Copiah-Lincoln  Junior  College;  A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  C.P.A. 

LEON  AUSTIN  WILSON  (1976) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Valdosta  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 


105 


STAFF  PERSONNEL 

MRS.  ALICE  ACY  (1961) Grill  Manager 

MRS.  PAT  AMMONS  (1978) Resident  Hostess,  Franklin  Hall 

MRS.  ALICE  M.  BORDERS  (1974) Asst.,  Business  Office 

MS.  LAURIE  BROWN  (1979) Secretary,  Student  Affairs 

MRS.  MADGE  COLUMBUS  (1976) Secretary,  Institutional  Advancement 

LESTER  CROSBY  (1977) Maintenance  Technician 

MRS.  PEARL  DYER  (1975) Secretary,  Registrar 

MRS.  DONNA  DYKES  (1977) Keypunch  Operator 

MRS.  JOHN  FENNELL,  RN  (1967) College  Nurse 

MRS.  PEGGY  B.  FOSTER  (1974) Computer  Operator/Programmer 

MRS.  REBECCA  GARDNER  (1977) Divisions  Secretary 

MRS.  MARGARET  HITT  (1977) Resident  Hostess,  Ezelle  Hall 

MS.  FLOY  HOLLOMAN  (1975) Asst.  Dir.  and  Counselor,  Admissions 

MRS.  DOROTHY  KNOX  (1974) Receptionist,  Institutional  Advancement 

REX  ROY  LATHAM  (1956) Maintenance  Engineer 

MRS.  KATHERINE  LEFOLDT  (1970) Academic  Complex  Hostess 

MRS.  MARSHA  D.  LEWIS  (1977) Mag.  Card  Oper.,  Institutional  Advancement 

MRS.  CATHY  MARTELLA  (1975) Secretary,  Dir.  of  Admissions 

MRS.  VIRGINIA  McCOY  (1966) Switchboard  Operator 

GARY  McGEE  (1978) Maintenance  Technician 

KEITH  McNEESE,  SR.  (1966) Maintenance  Technician 

MRS.  JEAN  NAPIER  (1970) NDSL  Clerk,  Business  Office 

MRS.  MARTHA  NEAL  (1970) Secretary,  President 

MRS.  DOROTHY  NETTLES  (1947) Cashier 

J.  B.  NICHOLS  (1972) Director  of  Security 

MRS.  RUTH  POWELL  (1972) Key  Punch  Operator 

MRS.  ELIZABETH  RANAGER  (1969) Secretary,  Dean  of  the  Faculty 

MRS.  MARTHA  SCHIVERS  (1974) Secretary,  Institute  of  Politics 

GREG  SEARS  (1978) Manager,  Food  Service 

MRS.  JUDY  STEWART  (1977) Resident  Hostess,  Galloway  Hall 

MRS.  BONNIE  WARD  (1977) Mag.  Card  Oper.,  Admissions  Office 

MS.  TERRY  WEBB  (1978) Clerk,  Registrar's  Office 

MRS.  MITTIE  C.  WELTY  (1959) Assistant  Manager,  Bookstore 

106 


MRS.  NANCY  WHITE  (1974) Secretary.  Business  Affairs 

MRS.  BEATRICE  P.  WOODARD  (1953) Assistant,  Registrar's  Office 

MS.  STEPHANIE  WOODS  (1977) Resident  Hostess,  Bacot  Hall 

LIBRARY  STAFF 

MRS.  LAURIE  BROWN  (1977) Acquisitions  Librarian 

MRS.  LILLIAN  M.  COOLEY  (1974) Associate  Librarian 

MRS.  FLOREADA  M.  HARMON  (1972) Circulation  Librarian 

MRS.  BIRDIE  HARPOLE  (1978) Catalog  Assistant 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.  (1969) Head  Librarian 

MRS.  GERRY  REIFF  (1972) Audio-Visual  Assistant 

MRS.  CAROLE  THOMAS  (1977) Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

MRS.  JOYCELYN  V.  TROTTER  (1963) Serials  Assistant 


107 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

President Mrs.  Jeanne  B.  Luckett,  Jackson 

Vice  Presidents Maurice  Hall,  Jr. ,  Meridian 

David  Martin,  Jackson 
Mrs.  Elizabeth  W.  Riley,  Meridian 

Secretary Mrs.  Mary  Sue  M.  Mitchell,  Jackson 

Past  Presidents Dr.  Richard  L.  Blount,  Jackson 

Robert  M.  Matheny,  Hattiesburg 

Executive  Director James  J.  Livesay,  Jackson 


ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 


Men    Women    Total      Men    Women    Total 


Fall  Semester,  1978 

Freshman 139  97  236 

Sophomore 97  102  199 

Junior 137  103  240 

Senior 101  77  178 

Unclassified 50  69  119 

Spring  Semester,  1979 

Freshman 122  94  216 

Sophomore 97  98  195 

Junior 114  89  203 

Senior 103  70  173 

Unclassified 36  59  95 

Total  Registration,  Regular  Session.  .      996        858      1854 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in 

Attendance  Regular  Session 

Summer  School  1978 335        399        734 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in 
Attendance  Summer  School 

Total  Number  of  Registration 1331       1257      2588 

Number  of  Different  Persons 
in  Attendance 


524        448 


972 


472        410 


882 


551        476       1027 


215        253         468 


766        729      1495 


108 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  AWARDED 

Commencement,  1978 

The  Founder's  Medal William  Hollis  Leech 

The  Borgeois  Medal Karen  Elizabeth  Corban 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship Ann  Karen  Rascopf 

The  Pendergrass  Medal William  Thomas  McAlilly 

The  Janet  Lynne  Sims  Award Laura  Frances  Sherrod 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal Tamsin  Bomar 

The  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French Laura  Frances  Sherrod 

The  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish Martha  deMombre 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award  in  Greek William  John  Singer  Jr. 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award  in  Latin Gregory  Bufkin 

Thomas  Nelson 
Cynthia  Franklin 

The  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award Mark  Stanton 

The  Theta  Nu  Sigma  Award Mack  L.  Cheney 

The  J.  B.  Price  General  Chemistry  Award Ben  Cheney 

Maret  Maxwell 
Lana  Jeng 

The  Undergraduate  Award  in  Analytical  Chemistry Randy  Weimer 

The  Biology  Award Laurie  Cynthia  Crowe 

The  Biology  Research  Award Mark  L.  Cheney 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award Leila  Gosselink 

James  Michael  Connerly 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award Charles  Knauss 

The  Beginning  German  Award Jennifer  Russell 

The  Intermediate  German  Award Jay  Edwards 

The  Senior  German  Award Janet  Hall 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  Award Steve  Dean 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology Mary  Jane  Kellum 

The  Ross  H.  Moore  History  Award Isabel  Dominick 

The  Music  Majors  Award Beverly  Clement 

Introductory  Physics  Award Laura  Frances  Sherrod 

Maret  Maxwell 

The  Mathematics  Majors  Awards Claude  Anderson 

Chades  Knauss 
John  Woosley 

The  Computer  Science  Award Lavon  Lofton 

Claude  Anderson 

The  Gordon  Gulman  Geology  Award Ruth  Lloyd 

The  John  F.  Kennedy  Award William  Hollis  Leech 

The  Chemistry  Department  Outstanding  Senior  Award Kristi  Jo  Mclntyre 

The  Chemistry  Department  Outstanding  Research  Award Eugene  Jackson 

The  West  Tatum  Award Mark  Stanton 


ORGANIZATIONAL  AWARDS 

The  Chi  Omega  Social  Science  Award Janet  Hall 

The  Black  Students  Association  Award Diethra  Cox 

109 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  1978 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Charlc  Chanson  Francinne  Avery 

Hazlehurst 

Ken  Hall  Barnett Meridian 

tLisa  Lynn  Blount Bassfield 

t*  *Alan  Gerald  Burrow Shalimar,  FL 

t*  Stephen  Howard  Byrd Jackson 

David  Wesley  Carroll Tupelo 

Jane  Ann  Cashon Canfield,  OH 

Karen  Adele  Coulon Maitland,  FL 

t Janette  Dionne  De  Boever Biloxi 

t'Isabelle  Ezelle  Dominick Jackson 

'Sharon  Ann  Edwards New  Albany 

Richard  Benjamin  Fewel Meridian 

Sherry  Elaine  Floyd Natchez 

Richard  Newton  Fox Goodman 

Harry  Charles  Fry,  III Magnolia 

'Claudia  Rebecca  Brent  Gaby Pearl 

' '  Gary  Michael  Gray Pascagoula 

Don  Raymond  Hall Brookhaven 

*  *  'Janet  Marie  Hall Grenada 

Marc  Walton  Hawkins Jackson 

TCarol  Ann  Hayward Jackson 

t' Steven  Vance  Hicks Gulfport 

Carl  Edward  Hilliard,  Jr Pascagoula 

Kenneth  Eldon  Hippie Biloxi 

James  David  Holland Brookhaven 

Ronald  Wayne  Jurney Aberdeen 

TMary  Jane  Kellum Port  Gibson 

' '  Margaret  McCormack  Lawrence .  .  Taylors,  SC 
Sarah  Tomlinson  Lawrence.  .  .Jackson,  TN 

*  'William  Hollis  Leech Jackson 

'Kathryn  Barksdale  Lewis Sibley 

William  Criss  Lott Batesville 

William  Thomas  McAlilly Grenada 

Prentiss  Robert  McDonald Jackson 

tKathleen  Ann  McDowell Jackson 

'Marsha  Diane  McHenry Taylorsville 

tRobert  Glade  Mclnnis Jackson 


William  Bruce  McKinley Jackson 

'  Deborah  Renee  Madden Jackson 

Charles  Michael  Madison Morton 

Allyn  Hewitt  Mann Jackson 

*  Leah  Ann  Melichar Laurel 

Samuel  David  Miller Decatur 

Paul  Cooper  Morrison Vicksburg 

Karleen  Howard  Neill Jackson 

Wilma  Louise  Parry Yazoo  City 

'  Howard  Dean  Pittman Tylertown 

'Elizabeth  Box  Plunk Baton  Rouge,  LA 

'  'Theresa  Coen  Prescott Magnolia 

TCraig  James  Raff Baton  Rouge,  LA 

James  Clifton  Ranager Jackson 

'James  Crawford  Ray Tupelo 

Roslyn  Rice Jackson 

tGrady  Curtis  Rogers Jackson 

Tommy  Rose Hollandale 

*  Cynthia  Margaret  Rosson Jackson 

'Alfred  Herbert  Ruemke,  III.  .Ocean  Springs 

'  Elise  McNees  Ryan Jackson 

'Cindy  Sue  Sanders Monroe,  LA 

Mark  Alan  Scarborough Meridian 

TRichard  Bernard  Schwartz Jackson 

Randolph  Stewart  Smith,  Jr Vicksburg 

'John  Meredith  Stark Lexington 

'Gail  Gober  Sweat Jackson 

'Hugh  Wilton  Tedder,  Jr Natchez 

Jimmy  Doyle  Thrasher Jackson 

Susan  Ruth  Tsimortos Jackson 

TDavid  Neal  Usry Brandon 

tMary  Marie  Waller Greenville 

Robert  Russell  Williard Jackson 

Cynthia  Lee  Wilson Beaumont,  TX 

'  'Anthony  Hoyt  Womack Florence 

t James  Michael  Woods Greenwood 

RhuEtta  Scott  Young Jackson 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Timothy  Johnston  Alford Greenwood 

Claude  Otis  Anderson Natchez 

Donald  Leslie  Bailey Shelby 

Keith  Leslie  Berry Prentiss 

'  'Andrew  Charles  Bishop Decatur 

T'Tomas  Romelio  Blackwell.  .  .  .Houston,  TX 

'Scott  Hull  Boswell Noxapater 

TBryon  Allen  Brasseux Biloxi 

Patricia  Lynn  Brown Utica 

Gladys  Ann  Bush Stoneville 

'Danny  Lee  Carey Pascagoula 

'Mack  Lowell  Cheney Tupelo 

James  Watts  Clark,  Jr Jackson 

t  Jeffrey  Allan  Corkern Jackson 

Renita  Faith  Cotton Jackson 

Diethra  Diane  Cox Jackson 

no 


'John  George  Cox Webb 

Karen  Ruth  Crawford Starkville 

'Laurie  Cynthia  Crowe Houston,  TX 

Johnnie  Earnest  Cummings,  III.  .Clarksdale 

'  Leslie  Brittain  Cunningham Laurel 

Linda  Hooper  Feibelman Vicksburg 

tWilliam  Craig  Flowers Jackson 

James  Edwin  Garrard,  Jr Jackson 

Eddie  Leon  Greene Belzoni 

Pamela  Richardson  Gressett Meridian 

'Thomas  Lamb  Haltom Natchez 

'James  Huel  Harris Moss  Point 

'Martha  Ellen  Hutchison Jackson 

Carlton  Marcus  Ikner Daphne,  AL 

tRichard  Berg  Ingram Jackson 

Eugene  Jackson,  Jr Jackson 


Charles  Ivan  Knauss,  Jr Brandon 

tRuth  Elizabeth  Lloyd Canton 

Rex  Lavon  Loftin,  Jr Natchez 

'  *  'Kristi  Jo  Mclntyre Greensboro,  NC 

Jerry  Kenneth  Mallet,  Jr Pascagoula 

Carol  Ann  Middlestead Picayune 

*  Norman  Douglas  Packer Natchez 

t '  Prentiss  Morris  Parsons Stewart 

Dennis  Albert  Prowell Chicago,  IL 

Charles  Barry  Rector Long  Beach 

tVonda  Gail  Reeves Mt.  Olive 

•Robert  Eugene  Rice,  Jr Tupelo 

James  Moorman  Richardson,  Jr. .  .  Meridian 


Larry  Barton  Rogers Jackson 

Deborah  Lynn  Salvant Clinton 

Robert  Earl  Scott Magnolia 

Danny  Harland  Smith Philadelphia 

*  'William  Mark  Stanton Jackson 

'Sally  Margaret  Sudduth Jackson 

Carmen-Luz  Valenzuela Brandon 

Charles  Richard  Waters,  Jr. .  .Sikeston,  MO 

'Ralph  Phillip  Wells Jackson 

'Homer  Herbert  Williams.  .  .  .Cameron,  LA 

'  Marion  Ridgway  Wofford Jackson 

T'John  Mark  Woosley Memphis,  TN 

'  Lance  Edward  Wyble Brookhaven 


BACHELOR  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


William  Franklin  Appleby,  Jr Louisville 

Linda  Ann  Bear Jackson 

*  David  Allen  Bourgeois Gulfport 

Don  Travis  Bradshaw Gulf  Breeze,  FL 

John  Russell  Champlin Jackson 

'Steven  Gregory  Dean Memphis,  TN 

Susan  Read  Hyatt Columbia 

Lillian  Mosby  Jordan Jackson 

'Mary  Anne  Marquez  Martin.  .Alexandria,  LA 

'Martha  Evelyn  Mouser Monroe,  LA 

Jayson  Herny  Norris Mathiston 

William  Erie  O'Brien,  Jr Yazoo  City 


Howard  DeWayne  Price Natchez 

Scott  Donald  Raff Baton  Rouge,  LA 

David  Martin  Reilly Brandon 

Donald  James  Reilly Brandon 

Warren  Hamilton  Robinson Quitman 

Mary  Jane  Rogers Brandon 

David  John  Sheperd Scotsdale,  AZ 

Myrtle  Brister  Shipley Greenwood 

James  Campbell  Watts Columbia 

Leland  Clarenda  White Greenwood 

Frank  Lewis  Young Madison 


BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC 


'Beverly  Jane  Clement Pontotoc 

'Donna  Louise  Doorenbos Oxford 


'  'Jennifer  Gayle  Tenhet Clarksdale 

'Edwin  Winton  Walker Fernwood 


'Cum  Laude 
"Magna  Cum  Laude 
"Summa  Cum  Laude 

tSummer  Graduate 


111 


INDEX 


A 

Page 

Activity  Groups   29 

Administration   100 

Administrative  Regulations   52 

Admission  Applications   9 

Admission  Requirements   7 

Freshmen    7 

Transfer  Admission    8 

Special  Student   8 

Advisors,  Faculty   10 

Alumni  Association   108 

Athletics    25 

B 

Board  of  Trustees   98 

Buildings  and  Grounds   7 

Business   Internships   48 

Q 

Class  Attendance   53 

Class  Standing   50 

Comprehensive  Examinations   37 

Cooperative  Programs   44 

Counseling  Program    10 

Pre-Registration    10 

Personal    10 

D 

Dean's   List   52 

Degree    Applications   37 

Degrees,  Conferred,  1978   110 

Degree  Program 

B.A.   Degree    35 

B.B.A.  Degree    35 

B.S.  Degree    35 

B.M.  Degree   35 

Pre-Medical    38 

Pre-Dental    38 

Prc-Law    40 

Pre-Social  Work   40 

Degree  Requirements   34 

Departments  of  Instruction    56 

Ancient   Languages   56 

Art    59 

Biology    61 

Chemistry    63 

Computer  Studies   65 

Economics,  Accounting,  and 

Administration    66 

Education    69 

English    71 

Geology    73 

German    75 

History    76 

Mathematics    78 

Music     79 

Philosophy    82 

Physical  Education  and 

Athletics    83 

Physics  and  Astronomy   84 

Political  Science   85 

Psychology    87 

Religion    89 

Romance  Languages   89 

Sociology  and  Anthropology   92 

Theatre    94 

Dining  Facilities   16 

E 

Educational  Certification 

Programs   40 

Engineering    44 

Enrollment   Statistics   108 

Exclusion    53 

Expenses,  Semester   14 

F 

Faculty    101 

Fees,  Laboratory  and  Fine  Arts   14 

Fees,  Speclcd    15 


Page 

Financial  Aid   16 

Financial  Regulations   16 

Fraternities    28 

Grades    50 

Graduation  with  Distinction   51 

Graduation  with  Honors   51 

Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory   48 

u 

History  of  the  College   6 

Honors    51 

Honor  Societies   27 

Honors  Program   45,  51 

Hours  Permitted   52 

Housing    10 

Information,  Genereil   6 

L 

Legislative  Intern    47 

Library    6 

Library   Staff   107 

Loan  Funds   20 

London  Semester   47 

M 

Majors   36 

Medals  and  Prizes   29 

Medals  and  Prizes 

Awarded  in  1978   109 

Medical  Services   11 

Medical  Record  Librarian    45 

Medical   Technology   44 

Millsaps  Players   26 

Millsaps  Singers   25 

N 
Non-Depeirtmental  Courses   56 

Oak  Ridge  Science  Semester   46 

Orientation    10 

P 

Placement,  Advanced   9 

Placement  Services   11 

Preparation  for  Ministry   39 

Probation    53 

Publications   25 

Public  Administration  Internship   47 

Public  Events  Committee    24 

Purposes  of  College   4 

Q 

Quality  Index   37 

Quality  Points   50 

Religious  Life   24 

Repeat  Courses   51 

S 

Schedule  Changes   52 

Scholarships    16 

Competitive    16 

Institutional    17 

Endowed    17 

Sponsored    19 

Senior   Exemptions   54 

Small  Business  Institute    48 

Sororities    28 

Special  Programs   45 

Staff  Personnel   106 

Student  Association    26 

Student   Behavior   54 

Student  Organizations   26 

Study  Abroad    47 

T 

Testing    10 

Tuition    14 

U 

United  Nations  Semester   46 

W 

Washington  Semester   46 

Withdrawal    52 


112